Перевод: с греческого на английский

с английского на греческий

С английского на:
Греческий
С греческого на:
Английский

later+the+name+of

Толкование Перевод

61 βασιλεύς

βᾰσῐλ-εύς, ὁ, gen. έως, [dialect] Ep. ῆος, Cypr. ῆϝος Inscr.Cypr.104,135H.: acc. βασιλέα, [var] contr. -ῆ Orac. ap. Hdt.7.220, E.Fr.781.24 (lyr.): nom. pl. βασιλεῖς, [dialect] Aeol.

A - ηες Sapph.Supp.6.4
, IG12(2).6 (Mytil.), - ειες ib. 646a45, al., [dialect] Ep. -ῆες, old [dialect] Att. - ῆς S.Aj. 188
, 960 (both lyr.), cf. Hdn. Gr.1.430: acc. pl. βασιλέας IG12.115
, later βασιλεῖς ib.2.243, etc.:— king, chief, Hom., etc.: freq. with collat. sense of captain or judge, Hes. Op. 202; διοτρεφέες β. Il.2.445
, etc.; θεῖοι Od.4.691
, etc.; later, hereditary king, opp. τύραννος, Arist.EN 1160b3, etc.; but also of tyrants, as Hiero, Pi.O.1.23; of Gelo, Hdt.7.161; of Pisistratus, Eup.123, cf. Sch. Ar.Ach.61: joined with a Subst., βασιλεὺς ἀνήρ Il.3.170
, etc.; ἀνὴρ β. Hdt.1.90
; ἄναξ β. lord king, A.Pers.5, cf. B.17.1: c. gen., β. νεῶν A. Ag. 114
(anap.); οἰωνῶν β., of the eagle, ibid., Pi.O.13.21: [comp] Comp.
βασιλεύτερος
more kingly, Il.9.160
, 392, Od.15.533, Tyrt.12.7: [comp] Sup. βασιλεύτατος Il.9.69
.

b of the gods, Ζεὺς θεῶν β. Hes.Th. 886
, cf. Pi.O.7.34, Emp.128.2, etc. (in this sense Hom. uses ἄναξ); as cult title of Zeus, IG7.3073.90 (Lebad.), SIG1014.110 ([place name] Erythrae), etc. (but Ζεὺς β., = Ahuramazda, X.Cyr.3.3.21, al., Arr.An.4.20.3); ὁ μέγας β., of God, LXX Ps.47(48).2, Ph.2.107: [comp] Sup. βασιλεύτατοι τῶν θεῶν Max.Tyr.29.5
.

2 as a title of rank, prince, β. εἰσὶ καὶ ἄλλοι πολλοὶ ἐν.. Ἰθάκῃ Od.1.394
, cf. 8.390, etc.; of Cyrus, X.Oec. 4.16.

b descendant of a royal house, esp. in Ionia, Arist.Ath. 41.3; βασιλέων οἶκοι 'estates of the royal house', name of a district in Chios, Ἀθηνᾶ 20.168
.

3 generally, lord, master, Il.18.556, Pi.O.6.47.

4 metaph., πόλεμος πάντων β. Heraclit.53
; νόμος ὁ πάντων β. Pi.Fr. 169
.

II at Athens, the second of the nine Archons, IG12.76, al., Antipho 6.38, Lys.6.4, Arist.Pol. 1285b17, Ath. 57, etc.; ἡ τοῦ β. στοά Pl.Euthphr.2a
.

2 title of magistrates in other Greek states, as βασιλᾶες at Elis, GDI1152, cf. IG12(2).6 (Mytil.), etc., Arist.Pol. 1322b29.

3 at Rome, β. τῶν ἱερῶν, = rex sacrorum, D.H.5.1, cf. D.C.54.27.

III after the Persian war (without Art.), the king of Persia, Hdt.7.174,al.; ἄναξ Ξέρξης β. A.Pers.5
, cf. 144, Ar.Ach.61, Th.8.48, IG22.141 (βασιλῆς βασιλέως ὕποχοι μεγάλου, of the Satraps, A.Pers.24, cf. 44, S.E.M.2.22); less freq. ὁ βασιλεύς Hdt.1.132
, 137, Arist.Pol. 1304b13; β. ὁ μέγας Hdt. 1.188
.

2 of Alexander and his successors, usually with Art., IG22.641,687, Men.293, 340(pl.); Σέλευκος Antiph.187
; Ἀντίγονος Alex.III; Πτολεμαῖος Id.244
; Ὀσυμανδύας βασιλεὺς βασιλέων D.S. 1.47
; title used by Parthian kings, Plu.Pomp.38, D.C.37.6, etc.; by Antony, Plu.Ant.54; of God, Apoc.17.14,19.16.

3 of the Roman emperors, AP10.25 (Antip. Thess.); β. Ῥωμαίων BGU588.10
(i A.D.), etc., cf. 1 Ep.Ti.2.2, J.AJ14.15.14; β. αὐτοκράτωρ IG3.13
([place name] Hadrian), Hdn.1.6.5; without Art., Paus.10.32.19.

IV of any great man, πένησί τε καὶ βασιλεῦσιν Ps.-Phoc.113
.

2 first or most distinguished of any class, Ἡρώδην τὸν β. τῶν λόγων Philostr. VS2.10.1
, cf. Luc.Rh.Pr.II; winner at a game, Poll.9.106, Sch.Pl. Tht. 146a; Stoic sage, μόνος β. Luc.Herm.16
; βασιλέως ἐγκέφαλος 'morsel fit for a king', Clearch.5; β. σῦκα, name of a choice kind, Philem.Lex. ap. Ath.3.76f., cf. Poll.6.81.

V = συμποσίαρχος, Plu.2.622a, Luc.Sat.4.

VI wren, Arist.HA 592b27.

VII queen-bee, ib. 623b9, GA 759a20, etc. (The form βασιλέα is scanned ?βασιλεύςX ?βασιλεύςX ¯ in Pi.N.1.39; codd. βασίλεια.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > βασιλεύς
62 κύριος

κύριος [ῡ], α, ον, also ος, ον A.Supp. 732, E.Heracl. 143, Arist.Pol. 1306b20:—Thess. [full] κῦρρος IG9(2).517.20 (Larissa, iii B.C.): ([etym.] κῦρος) (not in Hom.):

I of persons, having power or authority over, c. gen., Ζεὺς ὁ πάντων κ. Pi.I.5(4).53
, cf. P.2.58; ἐμῶν τε καὶ σῶν κ. πιστωμάτων A.Ag. 878
; πρὶν ἄν σε κ. στήσω τέκνων put thee in possession of.., S.OC 1041; κύριοι πολιτείας Antipho 3.1.1
; κ. καταλύσεως Th.4.20
; εἰρήνης καὶ πολέμου X.HG2.2.18
; - ώτατοι τοῦ ἱεροῦ Th.5.53
(but ὁ -ώτατος θεὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ, of the god to whom a temple is dedicated, OGI90.39 (Rosetta, ii B.C.)); τῶν αὑτοὺ κ. Pl.Lg. 929d
, cf. Isoc. 19.34, etc.; θανάτου κ. τινός with power of life and death over, Pl. Criti. 120d; κ. περί τινος Arist.Pol. 1286a24
.

2 κύριός εἰμι c. inf., I have authority to do, am entitled to do, A.Ag. 104 (lyr.); οὗτος κ. ὁρκωμοτεῖν (prob. for -ῶν) E.Supp. 1189; κ. ἀπολέσαι, σῶσαι δ' ἄκυροι And.4.9
, cf. Th.5.63, 8.5; - ώτεροι δοῦναι better able to give, Id.4.18; οὐ.. κ. οὔτε ἀνελέσθαι πόλεμον οὔτε καταλῦσαι X.An.5.7.27
; δοῦλοι κ. μαστιγοῦν τοὺς ἐλευθέρους Ephor.29
J.; αἱ ἀρχαὶ κ. κρίνειν Arist. Pol. 1287b16
; also κ. τοῦ μὴ μεθυσθῆναι having power not to.., Id.EN 1113b32: c. acc. et inf., κ. εἶναι ἢ τοίαν εἶναι [πόλιν] ἢ τοίαν Pl.R. 429b
.

3 folld. by a dependent clause, κ. γενέσθαι, ὅντινα δεῖ καταστήσασθαι Is.6.4
.

4 c. part., πριαμένους τι ἢ πωλοῦντας κυρίους εἶναι Th.5.34
; κ. ἦν πράσσων ταῦτα Id.8.51
, cf. Plb.6.37.8, 18.37.10; κύριοι ἐόντω συλέοντες Schwyzer 337.13
(Delph.).

5 abs., having authority, supreme, τί τῶνδε κυριωτέρους μένεις; A.Supp. 965; - ώτερος σέθεν E.Ba. 505
; ὁ πατὴρ μέχρι τούτου κ. [ἐστι] Arist.Rh. 1402a1; τὸ κ. the sovereign power in a state, Id.Pol. 1281a11, cf. Pl.R. 565a, etc.; τὰ κ. the supreme authorities, D.19.259, Arist.Rh. 1365b27; τὰ τῆσδε τῆς γῆς κ. S.OC 915
; at Athens, κ. ἐκκλησία a sovereign or principal assembly, Ar.Ach.19, Arist.Ath.43.4, IG12.42.22, al., 22.493.8, etc.; ἀγορὰ κ. ib.1298.7.

II of things, ὁ τῆς ὥρας τῆς καταρχῆς κ. [ἀστήρ] Serapio in Cat.Cod.Astr.1.99: but usu. abs., authoritative, decisive, δίκαι E.Heracl.
l.c., And.1.88, Pl.Cri. 50b; μῦθος -ώτερος of more authority, E.IA 318 (troch.); -ωτάτη τῶν ἐπιστημῶν [ἡ πολιτική] Arist.Pol. 1282b15; αἱ -ώτεραι ἀρχαί Id.Cael. 285a26
, cf. Metaph. 997a12; [ἡ φρόνησις] τῆς σοφίας κυριωτέρα Id.EN 1143b34
; -ωτέρα ἡ καθόλου [ἀπόδειξις] Id.APo. 86a23; τάραχος ὁ -ώτατος Epicur.Ep.1p.30U.
; of sovereign remedies, - ωτάτη τῶν καθάρσεων Pl.Sph. 230d
; - ωτάτη κένωσις Gal.1.299
; important, principal, κ. δόξαι, of certain doctrines of Epicurus, Phld.Ir.p.86 W.; τὰ -ώτατα μέρη τῆς φύσεως Epicur.Sent.9
; - ώτερα μέρη τοῦ σώματος Philostr.Gym.50
; τὰ -ώτατα the principal organs, Gal.1.385 (but, the most important matters, Epicur.Sent.16); τὸ -ώτατον τῆς Ἐφέσου Philostr.VS1.22.4
: Gramm., κ. τόνος principal accent, D.T.Supp. 674.32.

2 opp. ἄκυρος, valid, νόμος, δόγματα, D.24.1, Pl.Lg. 926d; κ. ποιεῖν [τὴν γνῶσιν], opp. ἄκυρον π., D.21.92, cf. 39.15; τὰς συνθήκας κυρίας ποιεῖν Lys.18.15
; ἡ συγγραφὴ ἥδε κ. ἔστω PEleph. 1.14
(iv B.C.); ἔστω τὰ κριθέντα κ. Lexap.D.21.94; so τὰς τῶν ἄλλων δόξας κ. ποιεῖν Pl.Tht. 179b
.

3 of times, etc., ordained, appointed, ἡ κυρίη ἡμέρη Hdt.5.50
, cf. 93 (pl.); ἡ κ. τῶν ἡμερέων Id.1.48
, 6.129; κ. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ A.Supp. 732
; τόδε κ. ἦμαρ E.Alc. 105
(lyr.), etc.; κ. μήν, of a woman with child, i.e. the ninth month, Pi.O.6.32; ὅταν τὸ κ. μόλῃ φάος (prob.) the appointed time, A.Ag. 766 (lyr.); κ. μένει τέλος Id.Eu. 544
(lyr.); ἡ κ. [ἡμέρα] D.21.84, cf. Test.ib.93; but αἱ κ. [ἡμεραι], = κριτικαί, Hp.Aff.9.

4 legitimate, lawful, ὕπνος πόνος τε, κ. ξυνωμόται A.Eu. 127
, cf. 327; κύρι' ἔχοντες having lawful power, ib. 960 (lyr.).

5 ἡ κ. ἀρετή goodness proper, real goodness, Arist.EN 1144b4; [φλοιὸς] ὁ κ. Thphr.HP4.15.1
; Rhet. and Gramm., κ. ὄνομα the real or actual, hence current, ordinary, name of a thing, opp. μεταφορά, γλῶττα, Arist.Rh. 1404b6, 1410b12, Po. 1457b3, cf. D.H. Comp.21, D.L.10.13, etc.; σπάνει κυρίου ὀνόματος for lack of a current term, D.H.Comp.24; - ώτατα ὀνόματα most ordinary terms, ib.3 (hence also κ. ὄνομα proper, personal name, Plb.6.46.10, A.D.Pron. 10.11, al., Hdn.7.5.8; ὄνομα alone in this sense, Diog.Bab.Stoic.3.213); κ. [λέξεις] Phld.Rh.1.181 S.; κατὰ τὸν κ. τρόπον, opp. καταχρωμένη, ib.1.59 S.

III Adv. κυρίως, v. sub voc.

B Subst. [full] κύριος, ὁ, lord, master, τοῖσι κ. δωμάτων A.Ch. 658
, cf. 689, S.Aj. 734, etc.; ὁ κ. alone, head of a family, master of a house (cf. Sch.Ar.Eq. 965), Antipho 2.4.7, Ar.Pl.6, Arist.Pol. 1269b10; τοὺς κ. τῶν οἰκιῶν PTeb.5.147
(ii B.C.); also, guardian of a woman, Is.6.32, PGrenf.2.15 i 13 (ii B.C.), etc.: generally, guardian, trustee, Is. 2.10, D.43.15, 46.19, Men.Epit.89, etc.

b later κύριε, as a form of respectful address, sir, Ev.Jo.12.21, 20.15, Act.Ap.16.30 (pl.), PFay. 106.15 (ii A.D.), etc.

2 fem. κυρία, ἡ, mistress, lady of the house, Philem.223, LXXIs.24.2, etc.; κ. τῆς οἰκίας Men.403
: in voc., madam, D.C.48.44; applied to women from fourteen years upwards, Epict. Ench.40. (In later Gr. freq. written [full] κύρα, PGrenf.1.61.4 (vi A.D.), etc.)

b epith. of Ἶσις, OGI180 (Egypt, i B.C.), etc.

3 of gods, esp. in the East, Σεκνεβτῦνις ὁ κ. θεός PTeb.284.6
(i B.C.); Κρόνος κ. CIG4521
(Abila, i A.D.); Ζεὺς κ. Supp.Epigr.2.830
(Damascus, iii A.D.); κ. Σάραπις POxy.110.2
(ii A.D); ἡ κ. Ἄρτεμις IG 4.1124
(Tibur, ii A.D.); of deified rulers, τοῦ κ. βασιλέος θεοῦ OGI86.8
(Egypt, i B.C.); οἱ κ. θεοὶ μέγιστοι, of Ptolemy XIV and Cleopatra, Berl.Sitzb.1902.1096: hence, of rulers in general, βασιλεὺς Ἡρώδης κ. OGI415
(Judaea, i B.C.); of Roman Emperors, BGU1200.11 ([place name] Augustus), POxy. 37 i 6 ([place name] Claudius), etc.

4 ὁ Κύριος, = Hebr. Yahweh, LXX Ge.11.5, al.; of Christ, 1 Ep.Cor.12.3, etc.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > κύριος
63 μέγας

μέγᾰς, μεγάλη [pron. full] [ᾰ], me/ga?μέγαςX, gen. μεγάλου, ης, ου, dat. μεγάλῳ, ῃ, ῳ, acc. μέγᾰν, μεγάλην, μέγᾰ; dual μεγάλω, α, w; pl. μεγάλοι, μεγάλαι, μεγάλα, etc.: the stem μεγάλο- is never used in sg. nom. and acc. masc. and neut., and only once in voc. masc.,

A ὦ μεγάλε Ζεῦ A.Th. 822
(anap.).

I big, of bodily size: freq. of stature, εἶδος.. μ. ἦν ὁράασθαι Od.18.4
; κεῖτο μ. μεγαλωστί Il.16.776
; ἠΰς τε μ. τε Od.9
. 508; φῶτα μέγαν καὶ καλόν ib. 513; καλή τε μεγάλη τε 15.418
; κάρτα μεγάλη καὶ εὐειδής Hdt.3.1
; φύσιν τίν' εἶχε φράζε; Answ. μέγας S.OT 742
.

b full-grown, of age as shown by stature, νῦν δ' ὅτε δὴ μ. εἰμί Od.2.314
; μήτε μέγαν μήτ' οὖν νεαρῶν τινα A.Ag. 358
(anap.); later, elder of two persons of the same name, Wilcken Chr. 305 (iii B. C.); Σκιπίων ὁ μ. Plb.18.35.9
.

c of animals, μ. ἵπποι, βοῦς, σῦς, Il.2.839, 18.559, Od.19.439; αἰετός Pi.I.6(5).50
.

2 generally, vast, high, οὐρανός, ὄρος, πύργος, Il.1.497, 16.297, 6.386; wide, πέλαγος, λαῖτμα θαλάσσης, Od.3.179, 5.174; long, ἠϊών, αἰγιαλός, Il.12.31,2.210: sts. opp. ὀλίγος, κῦμα οὔτε μέγ' οὔτ' ὀ. Od.10.94
; but usu. opp. μικρός or σμικρός, πρὸς ἑαυτὸ ἕκαστον καὶ μ. καὶ σμικρόν Anaxag. 3
; τὸ ἄπειρον ἐκ μεγάλου καὶ μικροῦ Arist.Metaph. 987b26
, etc.

II of quality or degree, great, mighty, freq. epith. of gods, ὁ μ. Ζεύς A. Supp. 1052
(lyr.), etc.; μεγάλα θεά, of Demeter and Persephone, S. OC 683 (lyr.); θεοὶ μεγάλοι, of the Cabiri, IG12(8).71 ([place name] Imbros), etc.; Μήτηρ μ., of Cybele, SIG1014.83 (Erythrae, iii B. C.), 1138.3 (Delos, ii B. C.); Μήτηρ θεῶν μ. OGI540.6
([place name] Pessinus), etc.; Ἴσιδος μ. μητρὸς θεῶν PStrassb.81.14
(ii B.C.); μ. ἡ Ἄρτεμις Ἐφεσίων Act.Ap.19.28
; τίς θεὸς μ. ὡς ὁ θεὸς ἡμῶν; LXX Ps.76(77).13; ὁ μ. θεός Ep.Tit.2.13
; of men, μ. ἠδὲ κραταιός Od.18.382
; ὀλίγος καὶ μ. Callin.1.17
, etc.; μέγας ηὐξήθη rose to greatness, D.2.5; ἤρθη μ. ib.8; βασιλεὺς ὁ μ., i. e. the King of Persia, Hdt.1.188, etc. (θεῶν β. ὁ μ., of Zeus, Pi.O. 7.34); βασιλεὺς μ. A.Pers.24
(anap.); as a title of special monarchs, Ἀρδιαῖος ὁ μ. Pl.R. 615c
; ὁ μ. Ἀλέξανδρος Ath.1.3d
; ὁ μ. ἐπικληθεὶς Ἀντίοχος Plb.4.2.7
, etc.; μ. φίλος E.Med. 549
; πλούτῳ τε κἀνδρείᾳ μ. Id.Tr. 674
; ἐπὶ μέγα ἦλθεν ἰσχύος Th.2.97
.

2 strong, of the elements, etc., ἄνεμος, λαῖλαψ, Ζέφυρος, Od.19.200, 12.408, 14.458; of properties, passions, qualities, feelings, etc., of men, θάρσος, πένθος, ποθή, etc., 9.381, Il.1.254, 11.471, etc.; ἀρετή Od.24.193
, Pi. O.8.5; θυμός Il.9.496
, E.Or. 702; κλέος Il.6.446
; ἄχος 9.9
; πυρετός Ev.Luc.4.38
(incorrect acc. to Gal.7.275); ἡ μ. νοῦσος epilepsy, Hp. Epid.6.6.5, cf. Gal.17(2).341.

3 of sounds, great, loud, ἀλαλητός, ἰαχή, πάταγος, ὀρυμαγδός, Il.12.138, 15.384, 21.9, 256; θόρυβοι, κωκυτός, S.Aj. 142 (anap.), E.Med. 1176; οὐκ ἔστι ὅκως τι νεῖκος ἔσται ἢ μέγα ἢ σμικρόν Hdt.3.62
; μὴ φώνει μέγα S.Ph. 574
.

4 generally, great, mighty, ὅρκος Il.19.113
; ὄλβος, τιμά, Pi.O.1.56, P.4.148; μ. λόγος, μῦθος, a great story, rumour, A.Pr. 732, S.Aj. 226 (lyr.); ἐρώτημα a big, i. e. difficult, question, Pl.Euthd. 275d, Hp.Ma. 287b; weighty, important, τόδε μεῖζον Od.16.291
; μέγα ποιέεσθαί τι to esteem of great importance, Hdt.3.42, cf. 9.111; μέγα γενέσθαι εἴς τι X.HG7.5.6
; μ. ὑπάρχειν πρός τι Id.Mem.2.3.4
; μέγα διαφέρειν εἴς τι Pl.Lg. 78o
c; οὐκ ἂν εἴη παρὰ μέγα τὸ δικολογεῖν not of great importance, Phld.Rh.2.85 S.; τὸ δὲ μέγιστον and what is most important, Th.4.70, cf. 1.142; οἱ μέγιστοι καιροί the most pressing emergencies, D.20.44; μ. ὠνησάμενοι χρημάτων for large sums, Plb. 4.50.3, etc.

5 with a bad sense, over-great, μέγα εἰπεῖν to speak big, and so provoke divine wrath, Od.22.288; λίην μέγα εἶπες 3.227
, 16.243; μέγα ἔργον 3.261
, Pi.N.10.64; ἔργων μ. A.Ag. 1546
(anap.); ὠμὸν τὸ βούλευμα καὶ μ. Th.3.36
; ἔπος μ., μ. λόγοι, S.Aj. 423 (lyr.), Ant. 1350 (anap.); μ. γλῶσσα ib. 127 (anap.); μηδὲν μέγ' εἴπῃς Id.Aj. 386
; μὴ μέγα λέγε Pl.Phd. 95b
; μὴ μεγάλα λίαν λέγε Ar.Ra. 835
; μέγα φρονεῖν S.OT 1078
, E.Hipp.6; μεγάλα φρονεῖν Ar.Ach. 988
; μεγάλα, μεῖζον ἢ δικαίως πνεῖν, E.Andr. 189, A.Ag. 376 (lyr.); μέγα τι παθεῖν X.An.5.8.17
; μὴ μέγα λέγων μεῖζον πάθῃς E. HF 1244
.

6 of style. impressive, Demetr.Eloc. 278; μεῖζον more striking, ib. 103.

7 of days, long, Gal.12.714.

B Adv. μεγάλως [ᾰ] greatly, mightily, Od.16.432, Hes.Th. 429, Hdt.1.16,30, al., X.Cyr.8.2.10, Parth.28.1, etc.; strengthd., μάλα μ. Il.17.723
; δμαθέντες μ. A.Pers. 907
(lyr.); with Adjs., Hdt. 1.4, 7.190.

II more freq. neut. sg. μέγα as Adv., very much, exceedingly, μ. χαῖρε all hail!, v. l. for μάλα in Od.24.402; esp. with Verbs expressing strong feeling, μ. κεν κεχαροίατο Il.1.256
; μ. κήδεται 2.27
, etc.: with Verbs expressing power, might, μ. πάντων.. κρατέει 1.78
; ὃς μ. πάντων.. ἤνασσε 10.32
; πατρὸς μ. δυναμένοιο Od.1.276
, cf. Hom.Epigr.15.1, A.Eu. 950 (anap.), E.Hel. 1358 (lyr.), Ar.Ra. 141, Pl.R. 366a; μ. δύνασθαι παρά τινι Th.2.29
; πλουτέειν μ. Hdt.1.32
; or those expressing sound, loudly, μ. ἰάχειν, ἀῧσαι, βοῆσαι, εὔξασθαι, ἀμβῶσαι, Il.2.333, 14.147, 17.334, Od.17.239, Hdt.1.8 (also pl., μεγάλ' εὔχετο Il.1.450
; μ. αὐδήσαντος, μ. ἤπυεν, Od.4.505, 9.399): strengthd., μάλα μ. Il.15.321
; μ. δ' ἔβραχε φήγινος ἄξων 5.838
, etc.: so in Trag. with all kinds of Verbs, μ. στένειν, σθένειν, χλίειν, A.Ag. 711 (lyr.), 938, Ch. 137: also in pl., μεγάλα.. δυστυχεῖς Id.Eu. 791
(lyr.).

2 of Space, far, μέγα προθορών Il.14.363
; ἄνευθε μέγα far away, 22.88; οὐκ ἂν μέγα τι τῆς ἀληθείας παρεξέλθοις Pl.Phlb. 66b
.

3 with Adjs., as μέγ' ἔξοχος, μέγα νήπιος, Il.2.480, 16.46; μ. νήπιε Orac. ap. Hdt.1.85; μ. πλούσιος Id.1.32
, 7.190; ὦ μέγ' εὔδαιμον κόρη A.Pr. 647
: with [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup., by far, μέγ' ἀμείνονες, ἄριστος, φέρτατος, Il.4.405, 2.82, 16.21.

C degrees of Comparison (regul. μεγαλώτερος, -ώτατος late, EM780.1,2):

1 [comp] Comp. μείζων, ον, gen. ονος, [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Att. (also Delph., SIG 246 H 260 (iv B. C.)); [dialect] Ion., Arc., [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Aeol. μέζων, ον, Heraclit. 25, Hp.Acut.44, Hdt.1.26, IG7.235.16 ([place name] Oropus), 5(2).3.18 ([place name] Tegea), Epich.62 (also early [dialect] Att., IG12.22.65, but [με] ίζων ib.6.93, by analogy of ὀλείζων ib.76,95); dat. pl. μεζόνεσσι Diotog.
ap. Stob.4.7.62: written μέσδων in Sapph.Supp.7.6, Plu.Lyc.19: cf. [full] μέττον· μεῖζον, Hsch. (dub.); later μειζότερος 3 Ep.Jo.4
(used as title, elder, POxy. 943.3 (vi A. D.), etc.); μειζονώτερος A.Fr. 434
:—greater, longer, taller, Il.3.168, 9.202, etc.; freq. also, too great, γέρας Pl.Sph. 231a
; Μηνόφιλος μείζων M. the elder, Ostr.Bodl.vC 2 (ii A. D.); as title, μειζων κώμης headman of a village, POxy.1626.5 (iv A. D.), etc.: generally, the higher authority, PLond.2.214.22 (iii A. D.), POxy.1204.17 (pl., iii A. D.); οὔτε μεῖζον οὔτε ἔλαττον, a strong form of denial, nothing whatever, D.H.Comp.4; οὐδαμὰ προὔφηνεν οὔτε μείζον' οὔτ' ἐλάττονα S.Tr. 324
. Adv. μειζόνως E.Hec. 1121
, Th.1.130, X.Cyn.13.3, Isoc.9.21, etc.; [dialect] Ion. μεζόνως Hdt.3.128
, Herod.4.80, etc.: neut. as Adv., μεῖζον σθένειν S.Ph. 456
, E.Supp. 216; μ. ἰσχύειν D.Ep.3.28
; ἐπὶ μ. ἔρχεται S.Ph. 259
.

2 [comp] Sup. μέγιστος, η, ον, Il.2.412, etc.: neut. as Adv., μέγιστον ἴσχυσε S.Aj. 502
; δυνάμενος μ., c. gen., Hdt.7.5, 9.9: with another [comp] Sup., μέγιστον ἐχθίστη E.Med. 1323
: in pl., χαῖρ' ὡς μέγιστα S.Ph. 462
; θάλλει μ. Id.OC 700
(lyr.); τὰ μέγιστ' ἐτιμάθης Id.OT 1203
(lyr.); ἐς μέγιστον ib. 521; ἐς τὰ μ. Hdt.8.111
:—late [comp] Sup. μεγιστότατος PLond.1.130.49
(i/ii A. D.). (Cf. Skt. majmán- 'greatness', Lat. magnus, Goth. mikils 'great'.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > μέγας
64 νέμεσις

νέμεσις, εως, ἡ, [dialect] Ep. dat.

A νεμέσσι Il.6.335
: ([etym.] νέμω):—prop., like νέμησις, distribution of what is due; but in usage always retribution, esp. righteous anger aroused by injustice, not used of the gods in Hom.; ν. δέ μοι ἐξ ἀνθρώπων ἔσσεται Od.2.136
, cf. 22.40, Il.6.351; αἰδῶ καὶ νέμεσιν (where αἰ. is subjective, ν. objective) 13.122 (the two personified, Hes.Op. 200): c. gen. obj., Τρώων χόλῳ οὐδὲ νεμέσσι Il.6.335
; esp. in phrase οὐ νέμεσις it is no cause for anger that.., c. inf., οὐ γάρ τις ν. φυγέειν κακόν 14.80
: c. acc. et inf., 3.156; πενθεῖν οὐ χρή· ν. γάρ S.OC 1753
(anap.); τίς τάδε ν. στυγεῖ; A.Th. 235 (lyr.); later, of the wrath of the gods, ἐκ θεοῦ ν. Hdt.1.34
; θεῶν ν. S.Ph. 518
(lyr.), 602, cf. OGI383.115 (Nemrud Dagh, i B.C.); also ἡ ἐκ τοῦ νόμου ν. Ael.VH6.10
; indignation at undeserved good fortune, ν. μεσότης φθόνου καὶ ἐπιχαιρεκακίας Arist.EN 1108a35
.

B Νέμεσις, εως, ἡ, as pr. n., voc. Νέμεσι S.El. 792
:—Nemesis, the impersonation of divine Retribution, coupled with Αἰδώς, Hes. Op. 200 (v. supr.), cf. Th. 223; ὑπέρδικος N. Pi.P.10.44; Ἀδράστεια καὶ N. SIG2940.16 ([place name] Cos): in Trag. and later writers freq. avenger of the dead, A.Fr. 266, etc.; ἔστι γὰρ ἐν φθιμένοις N. μέγα Epigr.Gr.367.9
; Νέμεσι τοῦ θανόντος S.l.c.: in pl., κάλλους εἰσί τινες Νεμέσεις; AP11.326 (Autom.); two were worshipped at Smyrna, Paus.7.5.2, cf. CIG2663 (Halic.), IGRom.4.1431.5 ([place name] Smyrna), AP12.193 (Strat.), Supp.Epigr.4.277 ([place name] Panamara).

2 Astrol., name of the seventh κλῆρος ([etym.] τοῦ Κρόνου) Paul.Al.K.3, Rhetor.in Cat.Cod.Astr.1.160, 168, cf. Vett.Val.2.22.

C Pythag. name for five, Theol.Ar.31.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > νέμεσις
65 εἴδω

εἴδω, no [voice] Act. [tense] pres. in use, ὁράω being used:—[voice] Med., v.infr. A.11: [tense] aor. 2 [full] εἶδον always in sense of

A see (so in [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med., to be seen, i.e. seem): but [tense] pf. [full] οἶδα, in [tense] pres. sense, know. (With ἔ-ϝιδον, cf. ([etym.] ϝ) είδομαι, (ϝ) εῖδος, Lat. videre; with ([etym.] ϝ) οῖδα, cf. Skt. véda, Goth. wait, OE. wát 'know'.)

A [tense] aor. 2 εἶδον (late εἶδα Orph.A. 118
), serving as [tense] aor. to ὁράω, [dialect] Ep. ἴδον, iter. ἴδεσκε Il.3.217
, late [dialect] Aeol. εὔιδον Epigr.Gr.990.11
([place name] Balbilla); imper. ἴδε (in [dialect] Att. written as Adv. ἰδέ, behold! Hdn.Gr.2.23), ἴδετε; subj. ἴδω, [dialect] Ep. ἴδωμι Il.18.63
; opt. ἴδοιμι; inf. ἰδεῖν, [dialect] Ep. ἰδέειν; part. ἰδών: hence, [tense] fut. ἰδησῶ Theoc.3.37
:—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 2 εἰδόμην, [dialect] Ep. ἰδόμην, in same sense, poet., [dialect] Ion., and later Prose (c. gen., Arat.430) (so in compds., even in [dialect] Att. Prose, v. ἐπ-, προ-, ὑπ-ειδόμην); imper. ἰδοῦ (freq. written as Adv. ἰδού, = ἰδέ); subj. ἴδωμαι; opt. ἰδοίμην; inf. ἰδέσθαι; part. ἰδόμενος Hdt.1.88
, al.:

1 see, perceive, behold, ὀφθαλμοῖσι or ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσι ἰδέσθαι see before the eyes, Il.1.587, etc.; ἰδεῖν ἐν ὄμμασιν E.Or. 1020
; ἄγε, πειρήσομαι ἠδὲ ἴδωμαι well, I will try and see, Od.6.126, cf. 21.159; mark, observe, Il.4.476, Od.4.412, etc.: folld. by relat. clause, ἴδωμ' ὅτιν' ἔργα τέτυκται Il.22.450
; ἀλλ' ἄγε θᾶσσον ἰδώμεθα ὅττι τάδ' ἐστίν Od.10.44
: freq. in inf. after Subst. or Adj., θαῦμα ἰδέσθαι a marvel to behold, Il.5.725; οἰκτραῖσιν ἰδεῖν A.Pr. 240
; ἐλεινὸς ἰδεῖν Pl.R. 620a
.

b see a person, i.e. meet him, speak with him, Th.4.125, X.An.2.4.15, etc.

c see, i.e. experience, νόστιμον ἦμαρ ἰδέσθαι Od.3.233
, etc.; δούλειον ἦμαρ ἰδεῖν E.Hec.56
; ἀέλιον ἕτερον ἰδεῖν S.Tr. 835
; τὴν δίκην ἰδεῖν Id.Ant. 1270
(lyr.); ἀλόχου κουριδίης.. οὔ τι χάριν ἴδε he saw (i.e. enjoyed) not the favour of his wedded wife, Il.11.243.

2 look, ἰδεῖν ἐς .. look at or towards, 2.271, etc.; ἰδεῖν ἐπί .. 23.143; πρός .. Od.12.244; εἰς ὦπα ἰδέσθαι look him in the face, Il.9.373, etc.; κατ' ἐνῶπα ἰδών 15.320
; ἄντα, ἐσάντα, or ἄντην ἰδεῖν, 13.184, 17.334, Od.5.78, etc.: qualified by Adv. or Adj., ὑπόδρα ἰδών looking askance, Il.1.148, al.; ἀχρεῖον ἰδών looking helpless, 2.269; κέρδος ἰδεῖν look to gain, A.Eu. 541 (lyr.).

3 see mentally, perceive, ἰδέσθαι ἐν φρεσίν ' to see in his mind's eye', Il.21.61, cf. 4.249; ἰδεῖν τῇ διανοίᾳ Pl.R. 511a
.

b examine, investigate, Id.Phd. 70e, Tht. 192e; consider, ἴδωμεν τί λέγομεν Id.Grg. 455a
.

II [voice] Med., [tense] pres. [full] εἴδομαι, [dialect] Ep. ἐείδεται Theoc.25.58
, part. ἐειδόμενος Pi.
N..10.15: [tense] aor. εἰσάμην, [dialect] Ep. part. ἐεισάμενος Il. 2.22
, al.:—only [dialect] Ep.and Lyr., to be seen, appear, εἴδεται ἄστρα they are visible, appear, 8.559; εἰ. ἦμαρ ὑπὸ Τρώεσσι δαμῆναι 13.98
; εἴσατο δέ σφι δεξιός 24.319
; ὅπη τὸ Ταρτάρειον εἴδεται βάθρον Epigr.Gr.1034.19
([place name] Callipolis), cf. Od.5.283; perh. also οὔ πῃ χροὸς εἴσατο none of the skin was visible, Il.13.191.

2 c. inf., appear or seem to be, τὸ δέ τοι κὴρ εἴδεται εἶναι 1.228
; τοῦτό τί μοι κάλλιστον ἐνὶ φρεσὶν εἴδεται εἶναι Od.9.11
, etc.: with inf. omitted, οἱ τό γε κέρδιον εἴσατο θυμῷ 19.283
, etc.; οὐ μέν μοι κακὸς εἴδεται Il.14.472
, cf. Theoc. 25.58; also, look like or make a show of.., εἴσατ' ἴμεν ἐς Λῆμνον he made a show of going to Lemnos, Od.8.283; εἴσατο δ' ὡς ὅτε ῥινόν it had the look as of a shield, 5.281.

3 strictly middle, c. dat., εἴσατο φθογγὴν Πολίτῃ she made herself like Polites in voice, Il.2.791, cf. 20.81; αὐδὴν εἰσάμενός τινι Rhian.50
: esp. in part., like, εἰδομένη κήρυκι Il.2.280
, etc.; τῷ δ' ὄψιν ἐειδόμενος Pi.N.10.15
; εἰδόμενος τοκεῦσιν A.Ag. 771
(lyr.); φάσμα εἰδόμενόν τινι Hdt.6.69
.

B [tense] pf., οἶδα I know, used as [tense] pres.: [tense] plpf. ᾔδεα (v. infr.), I knew, used as [tense] impf.:—[tense] pf. οἶδα, [dialect] Aeol. ὄϊδα Alc. 145
; [ per.] 2sg. οἶδας once in Hom., Od.1.337, cf. h.Merc. 456, Thgn.491, Hippon.89, Hp.Acut.67, E.Alc. 780, Philem.44.3 codd.; οἶσθα elsewh. in Hom., [dialect] Att., etc.; in Com. also sts. οἶσθας Cratin.105
, Alex.15.11, Men.348.5, cf. Herod.2.55; pl., ἴσμεν, [dialect] Ep., [dialect] Aeol., and [dialect] Dor. ἴδμεν, also [dialect] Ion., Hdt.1.6, al.; ἴστε, ἴσασι [ῐς- Od.2.211, al., but ῑς- ib. 283, al.]; οἴδαμεν Hdt.2.17
, οἴδατε AP12.81
(Mel.), οἴδᾱσι Hdt.2.43
, X.Oec. 20.14 codd.; dual, οἴδατον Socr.Ep.22.1
: imper. ἴσθι, ἴστω, [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω, late ἰδέτω Phalar.Ep. 122
codd.: from [ per.] 3pl. ἴσασι ( ἴσαντι Epich. 53
) were formed [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1sg. ἴσᾱμι Epich.254
, Pi.P.4.248; [ per.] 3sg. ἴσατι IG14.644.4
([place name] Bruttii); [ per.] 1pl. ἴσᾰμεν Pi.N.7.14
, ἴσαμες prob. in Dialex. 6.12; Cret. [ per.] 3pl. subj. ἴθθαντι GDI5024
; inf. ϝισάμην Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn 34 No.3.19; part. ἴσας A.D.Adv.175.19
, dat. sg. ἴσαντι Pi.P.3.29
, Cret. pl. ἴθθαντες GDI5024
: subj. εἰδῶ (εἰδέω, ἰδέω, Il.14.235, Od.16.236), [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. εἰδέωσι SIG45.21
(Halic., V B.C.); [dialect] Ep. also εἴδω Od.1.174
, al. (cf. Hdn. Gr.2.131), εἴδομεν Il.1.363
, εἴδετε Od.9.17
: opt. εἰδείην, [ per.] 1pl. εἰδεῖμεν Pl.La. 190b
, R. 582a: inf. εἰδέναι, [dialect] Ep. ἴδμεναι, ἴδμεν, also ἰδέμεν Pi.N.7.25
: part. εἰδώς, εἰδυῖα, [dialect] Ep. also ἰδυῖα, Elean ϝειζώς Schwyzer 409
:—[tense] plpf. ᾔδεα Il.14.71
, Hdt.2.150, [var] contr. ᾔδη S.Ant.18
, Ar.Av. 511, Pl.Smp. 119a, ᾔδησθα Od.19.93
, Eup. 416, etc. (but ᾔδεισθα freq. in codd., Ar.Ec. 551, E.Cyc. 108, Pl.Men. 80d, al.), ᾔδεε ([etym.] ν) Il.17.402, al., ᾔδη 1.70
, al. (also later [dialect] Att., acc. to Aristarch. ap. Choerob.in Theod.2.86), [dialect] Att. [var] contr. ᾔδει ([etym.] ν) E. Ion 1187, Ar.V. 558, etc.; [dialect] Ep. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἠείδης, ἠείδη (v.l. - εις, - ει), Il.22.280, Od.9.206; [dialect] Att. also [ per.] 1sg. ᾔδειν D.37.24
, [ per.] 2sg. ᾔδεις Ar.Th. 554
, etc.; pl., ᾔδειμεν Aeschin.3.82
, Arist.APo. 87b40, ᾔδεμεν Men.14D.
(to be read in S.OT 1232), ᾔδειτε D.55.9
, etc. ( ᾔδετε prob. in E.Ba. 1345), [dialect] Ion. ᾐδέατε Hdt.9.58
([etym.] συν-) , ᾔδεισαν LXX Ge.42.23
, Str.15.3.23, ᾔδεσαν Hdt.7.175
, Thgn.54, etc.; late [dialect] Ep. ᾔδειν, ἠείδειν, A.R.2.65,4.1700, also ᾖσμεν, ᾖστε, ᾖσαν, Ar.Fr.149.4 (prob.), S.Fr. 340, E. Cyc. 231, etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἴσαν Il.18.405
, Od.4.772:—[tense] fut., in this sense, εἴσομαι Il.1.548
, Hp.VM20, Ar.Ach. 332, etc.; also εἰδήσω Od.7.327
, Hdt.7.234, Isoc.1.44, Aen.Tact.31.5, Arist.Top. 108a28, Herod.5.78, Apollon.Perg.Con.1 Praef., etc.; inf. εἰδησέμεν Od.6.257
.—The [tense] aor. and [tense] pf. are usu. supplied by γιγνώσκω; [tense] aor. 1 inf. εἰδῆσαι is found in Hp.Acut.(Sp.) 22, Epid.6.8.25 (ἐξ-), Arist.EN 1156b27, Thphr.Char. Prooem.4; imper. εἴδησον PCair.Zen.36.2
(iii B.C.); [ per.] 3pl. subj. εἰδήσωσιν Herzog Koische Forschungen No. 190 (ii/i B.C.):—know, have knowledge of, be acquainted with, Hom., etc.: c. acc. rei, ὃς ᾔδη τά τ' ἐόντα τά τ' ἐσσόμενα πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70
; νοήματα, μήδεα οἶδε, Od.2.122, Il.18.363, etc.: less freq. c. acc. pers., τούτους μὲν δὴ οἶδα Od.4.551
, cf. Pl.R. 365e, D.54.34, etc.; πρῶτος ὧν ἡμεῖς ἴδμεν the first we know of, Hdt.1.6, etc.; παλαίτατος ὧν ἀκοῇ ἴσμεν Th.1.4
: strengthd. by εὖ or σάφα, εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι know well, be assured of this, E.Med. 593; σάφ' οἶδ' ἐγώ A.Supp. 740
, etc.: freq. in Hom. with neut. Adj., to express character or disposition, ἄγρια οἶδε has fierceness in his heart, Il.24.41; ἀθεμίστια ᾔδη had law lessness in his heart, Od.9.189; αἴσιμα, ἄρτια ᾔδη, 14.433, 19.248; εἴ μοι ἤπια εἰδείη if he were kindly disposed towards me, Il.16.73; φίλα εἰδότες ἀλλήλοισιν Od.3.277
; κεχαρισμένα, πεπνυμένα εἰδώς, 8.584, 24.442: c. gen., ὃς σάφα θυμῷ εἰδείη τεράων Il. 12.229
; ὃς πάσης εἰδῇ σοφίης 15.412
; τόξων ἐῢ εἰδώς cunning with the bow, 2.718; αἰχμῆς ἐῢ εἰ. 15.525
; οἰωνῶν σάφα εἰδώς Od.1.202
; ἐῢ εἰδὼς τεκτοσυνάων 5.250
; μάχης ἐῢ εἰδότε πάσης Il.2.823
; κύνε εἰδότε θήρης 10.360
; παῖδ' ἔτ' ἐόντ' οὔ πω μάλα εἰδότε θούριδος ἀλκῆς 11.710
; εἰδὼς πυγμαχίης 23.665
; θεοπροπίων ἐῢ εἰδώς 6.438
; χάριν εἰδέναι τινί acknowledge a debt to another, thank him, 14.235, Hdt.3.21, etc.: imper., freq. in protestations, ἴστω νῦν Ζεὺς αὐτός be Zeus my witness, Il.10.329; ἴστω νῦν τόδε Γαῖα 15.36
, etc.; [dialect] Boeot. ἴττω Ἡρακλῆς etc., Ar.Ach. 860, etc.: part. εἰδώς, abs., one who knows, one acquainted with the fact, ἰδυίῃ πάντ' ἀγορεύω Il.1.365
; μετ' εἰδόσιν ἀγορεύειν 10.250
; μακρηγορεῖν ἐν εἰδόσιν Th.2.36
, cf. 3.53; μαθεῖν παρὰ τοῦ εἰδότος Pl.R. 337d
, etc.; also ἰδυίῃσι πραπίδεσσι with knowing mind, Il.1.608,al.

2 c. inf., know how to do, οἶδ' ἐπὶ δεξιά, οἶδ' ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ νωμῆσαι βῶν 7.238
, cf. S.Ph. 1010, Ar.V. 376; also, to be in a condition, be able, have the power, E.Med. 664, D.4.40; of drugs, ὅσα λεπτύνειν οἶδε Alex.
Trall.Febr.6; of a festival, οἶδε ἐκπέμπουσα δάκνειν Chor.p.124 B.; learn, ἵν' εἰδῇ μὴ 'πὶ τοῖς ἐμοῖς κακοῖς ὑψηλὸς εἶναι E.Hipp. 729
.

3 c. part., to know that such and such is the fact, the part. being in nom. when it is a predicate of the Subject of the Verb, ἴσθι μοι δώσων know that thou wilt give, A.Ag. 1670; ἴστω ὑπὸ τοῦ ἀδελφεοῦ ἀποθανών Hdt.4.76
; οὐ γὰρ οἶδα δεσπότας κεκτημένος E.Hec. 397
: in acc. when it is predicate of the Object, τοὺς φιλτάτους γὰρ οἶδα νῷν ὄντας πικρούς A.Ch. 234
; τὸν Μῆδον ἴσμεν ἐκ περάτων γῆς ἐλθόντα Th.1.69
: with part. omitted, γῆν αὐτὰ οἶδεν ἀμφότερα (sc. ὄντα) Jul.Or.7.226a.

4 less freq.c.acc. et inf., πλήθους.. ἂν σάφ' ἴσθ' ἕκατι βάρβαρον ναυσὶν κρατῆσαι A.Pers. 337
, cf. S.Ph. 1329; εὖ ἴσθι τοῦτον.. ἰσχυρῶς ἀνιᾶσθαι X.Cyr.8.3.44
; also εὖ τόδ' ἴσθι, μηδάμ' ἡμέρᾳ μιᾷ πλῆθος τοσουτάριθμον ἀνθρώπων θανεῖν A.Pers. 431
; ἕν γ' ἀκούσασ' ἴσθι, μὴ ψευδῶς μ' ἐρεῖν E.IA 1005
.

5 c. acc. folld. by ὡς, ὅτι, etc., οἶδα κἀμαυτὴν ὅτι ἀλγῶ S.El. 332
; ἐάν τινα εἰδῶσιν ὅτι ἄδικός ἐστι Pl.Prt. 323b
, etc.

6 οὐκ οἶδ' εἰ .. I know not whether, to express disbelief or doubt, sts. with ἄν transposed, οὐκ οἶδ' ἂν εἰ πείσαιμί σε E. Alc.48
, cf. D.45.7: with Verb omitted after εἰ, as οὐκ οἶδ' εἴ τις ἄλλος perhaps no other, Isoc.6.1, 12.10.

7 in similar ellipses with other Conjunctions, οὐκ οἶδ' ὅπως I know not how, Pl.R. 40cb; οὐκ οἶδ' ὁπόθεν Id.Cra. 396d
.

8 οἶδα, ἴσθι are freq. parenthetic, οἶδ' ἐγώ E.Med. 948
; σάφ' οἶδα ib.94, 963; also οἶδ' ὅτι, οἶσθ' ὅτι, ἴσθ' ὅτι, πάρειμι δ' ἄκων οὐχ ἑκοῦσιν, οἶδ' ὅτι (sc. πάρειμι ) I know it well, S.Ant. 276; οἶδ' ὅτι, freq. in D., as 9.1, al.; σάφ' ἴσθ' ὅτι Ar.Pl. 889
:—οἶσθ' ὅ, οἶσθ' ὡς, with imper., are common in Trag. and Com., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δρᾶσον; do—thou know'st what, i.e. make haste and do, Ar.Eq. 1158, cf. Pax 1051, etc.; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; S.OT 543; also οἶσθ'.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς; Id.OC75; οἶσθα νῦν ἅ μοι γενέσθω; E.IT 1203: rarely with the [tense] fut., οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ δράσεις (nisileg. δρᾶσον); Id.Cyc. 131, cf. Med. 600 codd.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἴδω
66 θνῄσκω

θνῄσκω (with ι IG2.2477.7, 10,2494, Ἀρχ.Ἐφ.1910.73;

A θνείσκ- IG 2.4040b
; [ἀποθν]ήισκειν Pl.Phdr.
in PPetr.1p.18 (iii B.C.), but θνήσκω Did.
ap. EM452.29, freq. in codd.), [dialect] Aeol. [full] θναίσκω Hdn.Gr.2.79, [dialect] Dor. [full] θνᾴσκω Sammelb.6754.22 (iii B.C.): [tense] fut. θᾰνοῦμαι Simon.85.9
, S.Ant. 462, etc.; [dialect] Ep. inf. - έεσθαι Il.4.12
; later θνήξομαι AP9.354
(Leon.), Polyaen.5.2.22 codd.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔθᾰνον, [dialect] Ep. θάνον Od.11.412
, al.; inf. [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. θανέειν, as always in Hom., exc. Il.7.52, θανέμεν Pi.P.4.72
: [tense] pf. τέθνηκα Il.18.12
, etc.; subj. τεθνήκω Th.8.74
: [tense] plpf. ἐτεθνήκειν Antipho 5.70
, Lys.19.48; [ per.] 3pl. - ήκεσαν And.1.52
: short forms of [tense] pf., [ per.] 3 dual τέθνᾰτον X.An.4.1.19
, [ per.] 1pl. τέθνᾰμεν Pl.Grg. 493a
, [ per.] 3pl. τεθνᾶσι Il.22.52
, etc.; [ per.] 3pl. [tense] plpf. ἐτέθνᾰσαν Antipho 5.70
, And.1.59, X.HG6.4.16; imper. τέθνᾰθι Il.22.365
, τεθνάτω 15.496
, IG12.10, Pl. Lg. 933e, etc.; opt. τεθναίην Il.18.98
, etc.; inf. τεθνάναι [ᾰ] Semon. 3, Hdt.1.31, Ar.Ra. 1012, Pl.Com.68, Th.8.92, etc., τεθνᾶναι dub.l. in Mimn.2.10, A.Ag. 539; [dialect] Ep. τεθνάμεναι, -άμεν, Il.24.225, 15.497, etc.; [dialect] Aeol. τεθνάκην Sapph.2.15
; part. τεθνεώς Hdt.9.120
, Ar.Av. 476, etc., fem. τεθνεῶσα Lys.31.22
, D.40.27 ( τεθνηκυῖα Hippon.29
, E. Or. 109), neut. τεθνεός Hdt.1.112
, Hp.Nat.Mul.32 ( τεθνηκός Pl.Phd. 71d
, pl. τεθνεῶτα 72c
); gen. τεθνεῶτος, etc., Hdt.5.68, etc. (once in Hom., dat. τεθνεῶτι Od.19.331
); poet. τεθνεότος Archel. ap. Antig. Mir.89, Q.S.7.65; [dialect] Dor. τεθνᾰότα Pi.N.10.74
; [dialect] Ep. τεθνηώς (v.l. -ειώς) Il.17.161, - ηυῖα Od.4.734
, ([etym.] κατα-) 11.141; gen. τεθνηῶτος Il.9.633
, etc.; also τεθνηότος 17.435
, Od.15.23, al. [ τεθνεῶτι is trisyll. Od.19.331, τεθνεώτων E.Supp. 272
(hex.): disyll. forms are written in later Gr., nom. τεθνώς BCH18.438
([place name] Argilus); gen. sg. τεθνῶτος SIG799.13
(Cyzicus, i A.D.); dat. sg.
τεθνῶτι
Papers of the Amer. School
3.334
(Pisid.); fem. τεθνώσῃ (and gen. pl. τεθνήτων) Ath.Mitt. 50.134 ([place name] Macedonia); acc. pl. fem. τεθνώσας Babr.45.9
]: from τέθνηκα arose [tense] fut. τεθνήξω Ar.Ach. 325
, A.Ag. 1279 (censured as archaic by Luc.Sol.7), later τεθνήξομαι Diogenian.Epicur.1.28
, 3.52, Luc.Pisc. 10, Ael.NA2.46; part. τεθνηξόμενος Lib.Ep.438.7
.—The simple Verb is regularly used in early Prose in [tense] pf. and [tense] plpf.; for [tense] pres., [tense] fut., and [tense] aor. the compd. ἀποθνῄσκω is substituted: θνῄσκει v.l. in Hp. Mul.1.9, σάρκες θνῄσκουσι Art.69
, ἔθνῃσκον Th.2.47
, al., θνῃσκόντων ib.53, θνῄσκοι Pl.Phd. 72d
, θνῄσκομεν Epicur.Ep.1p.20U.
: [tense] aor. part. θανών, subj. θάνῃ, IG12(5).593.2,20,23 (Iulis, v B.C.), Berl.Sitzb. 1927.166 ([place name] Cyrene), Phld.Herc.1649.4: [tense] aor. inf. θανεῖν ib.1418.13:—in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf., die, as well of natural as of violent death; in [tense] aor. and [tense] pf., to be dead (cf. τί τοὺς θανὅντας οὐκ ἐᾷς τεθνηκέναι; Eup.12.3 D.; τέθνηκ' ἔγωγε πρὶν θανεῖν κακῶν ὕπο E.Hec. 431
), θανεῖν καὶ πότμον ἐπισπεῖν Il.7.52
, etc.; ζωὸς ἠὲ θανών alive or dead, Od.4.553, cf. 15.350; ἦ ἤδη τέθνηκε 4.834
; ὡς ἄμεινον εἴη τεθνάναι μᾶλλον ἢ ζώειν Hdt.1.31
, cf. 7.46; τεθνάναι κρεῖττον ἤ.. D.9.65
, cf. 10.25; ἄξιος τεθνάναι Ar.Ra. 1012
, etc.; τεθνάτω let him be put to death, IG12.10.29; ἄτιμος τεθ. Lex ap.D.9.44: freq. in part., νέκυος πέρι τεθνηῶτος Il.18.173
; νεκρὸν.. τεθνηῶτα a dead corpse, Od.12.10; οἱ τεθνηκότες, οἱ θανόντες, the dead, E.Hec. 278, Eup. l.c., etc.; οὔτε τεθνεῶτα οὔτε ζῶντα Hdt.4.14
; οἴχεται θανών (v. οἴχομαι) ; θανὼν φροῦδος (v. φροῦδος) ; θανόντι συνθανεῖν S.Tr. 798
,Fr. 953, cf. E.Supp. 1007(lyr.); ὁ θανών, opp. ὁ κτανών, S. Ph. 336: [tense] pres. with [tense] pf. sense, θνῄσκουσι γάρ, for τεθνήκασι, Id.OT 118, cf. E.Hec. 695 (lyr.),Ba. 1041 (lyr.), etc.

2 used like a pass. Verb, χερσὶν ὑπ' Αἴαντος θανέειν to fall by his hand, Il.15.289; θ. ὑπό τινος Pl.Ep. 329c
, Arist.HA 625a16; ἔκ τινος Pi.P.4.72
, S.OT 1454; πρός τινος ib. 292, E.Hec. 773; θεοῖς τέθνηκε S.Aj. 970
: freq. c. dat. instrumenti, θ. χερί, δορί, Id.OC 1388, A.Th. 959(lyr.); φαρμάκοισι E. Fk.464
; also ἐν βρόχῳ A.Ch. 558
; τεθνάναι τῷ δέει, τ. τῷ φόβῳ, c. acc., to be in mortal fear of, D.4.45, 19.81, cf. Arr.An.7.9.4; προοίμιον σκοτεινὸν καὶ τεθνηκὸς δειλίᾳ Aeschin.2.34
; θ. ἐπί τινι to die leaving one as heir, Luc.DMort.7.1.

II metaph., of things, perish, θνᾴσκει σιγαθὲν καλὸν ἔργον Pi.Fr. 121
; ἐσλῶν ὑπὸ χαρμάτων πῆμα θνᾴσκει.. δαμασθέν Id.O.2.19
; λόγοι θνῄσκοντες μάτην A.Ch. 846
; θ. πίστις S. OC 611
; τὸ τρύβλιον τέθνηκέ μοι Ar.Ra. 986
(lyr.): in Prose, τέθνηκε τὸ τοὺς ἀδικοῦντας μισεῖν D.19.289
; τεθνηκός τι φθέγξασθαι D.C.40.54
; τεθνηκὸς ὁρᾶν Callistr.Stat.14
; τὸ τεθνηκὸς ὁ λίθος ὑπεδύετο ib.2.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > θνῄσκω
67 καλός

καλός, ή, όν, [dialect] Aeol. [full] κάλος (v. infr.), α, ον, [dialect] Boeot. [full] καλϝός Schwyzer 538 (vi B. C.):—

A beautiful, of outward form, freq. of persons, κάλλιστος ἀνὴρ ὑπὸ Ἴλιον ἦλθεν Il.2.673
: in Hom. usu. in the phrase κ. τε μέγας τε Il.21.108
, al.; μέγας καὶ κ. Od.9.513; καλή τε μεγάλη τε 13.289
, 15.418; καλὸς δέμας beautiful of form, 17.307; κ. ἰδέᾳ Pi.O.10
(11). 103; εἶδος κάλλιστος X.Cyr.1.2.1
; κ. τὸ σῶμα Id.Mem.2.6.30
; τὰς ὄψεις Theopomp.Hist.195
; Χορῷ καλή beauteous in the dance, Il. 16.180: c. inf., καλλίονες καὶ μείζονες εἰσοράασθαι Od.10.396
; ἐσορᾶν κ. Pi.O.8.19: freq. of parts of the body, fair, shapely, κ. πρόσωπα, ὅμματα, παρήϊα, σφυρά, Il.19.285, 23.66, Od.19.208, Il.4.147; Χρώς 5.354
, al.; of clothes, εἵματα, φάρεα, Χιτών, Χλαῖνα, πέδιλα, Od.6.111, 24.277, Il.2.43, Od.10.365, 1.96; πέπλος κάλλιστος ποικίλμασιν ἠδὲ μέγιστος Il.6.294
; of arms and armour, κνημῖδες, ἀσπίς, σάκος, κόρυς, φάσγανα, ἔντεα, 3.331, 11.33, 22.314, 18.612, 15.713, Od.19.18; of buildings, manufactured articles, etc., αὐλὴ κ. τε μεγάλη τε 14.7
; κ. δώματα, τεῖχος, πόλιες, 3.387, Il.21.447, 18.491; ἄμαξα, τράπεζα, θρόνος, 24.267, 11.629, Od.1.131; also τέμενος, ἀγρός, Il.12.314, Od.24.206; so after Hom., Λύδιον κ. ἔργον Sapph.19
, etc.; ἐέρσα κ. ead.Supp.25.12.

2 in [dialect] Att. added to a name in token of love or admiration, as Ἀρίσημος κ. IG12.921, etc.; ἐν τοῖσι τοίχοις ἔγραφ' Ἀθηναῖοι καλοί" Ar. Ach. 144, cf.V.98; Ἀλκιβιάδης ὁ καλός, Σαπφὼ ἡ καλή, Pl.Alc.1.113b, Phdr. 235c.

b ἡ Καλή or Καλλίστη, as epith., A.Ag. 140 (lyr.), Paus. 1.29.2, CIG 4445 ([place name] Beroea).

c Καλοί, οἱ, divinities worshipped in childbirth, IG5(1).1445 (Messene, ii B. C.).

3 τὸ καλόν beauty, Sapph.79, E.IA21 (anap.), etc.; τὰ καλά the proprieties or elegancies of life, Hdt.1.8, 207; ἁπάντων καλῶν ἄμμορος Pi.O.1.84
; αἱ τέχναι ἃς πηγάς φασι τῶν κ. εἶναι X.Cyr.7.2.13
.

II with ref. to use, good, of fine quality, κ. λιμήν Od.6.263
; Βορέῃ ἀνέμῳ.. καλῷ fair, 14.253, 299; κ. ἀργύριον, opp. κίβδηλον, genuine silver, X.Mem.3.1.9; opp. ἀποτετριμμένον, good silver currency, PCair.Zen.21.33 (iii B. C.); ἐλαῖαι PHib. 1.49.12
(iii B. C.); γῆ Ev.Luc.8.15
; κ. οἶνος PFay.133.8
(iv A. D.); στρατόπεδον κάλλιστον Th.5.60
; ἀνταπεδώκατε πονηρὰ ἀντὶ καλῶν LXX Ge. 44.4
; κ. ἐς στρατιάν X.Cyr.3.3.6
; πρός τι Pl.Hp.Ma. 295c
, Grg. 474d, etc.: c. inf., λόφος κάλλιστος τρέχειν X.An.4.8.26
; ἐν καλῷ [ τόπῳ] in a good place, καθίζεσθαι, ὁρμεῖν, Ar.Th. 292, X.HG2.1.25; ἐν καλῷ μὲν τοῦ κόλπου καὶ τῶν πόλεων, ἐν κ. δὲ τοῦ τὴν Χώραν βλάπτειν, ib.6.2.9; ἐν καλῷ under favourable circumstances, Th.5.59.60; ἐν κ. (sc. Χρόνῳ ) in good time, in season, E.IA 1106; ἐν οὐ κ. Id.Or. 579; ἐν καλῷ [ ἐστι] c. inf., S.El. 384 (so καλόν ἐστι c. inf., Id.Ph. 1155 (lyr.), Ar. Pax 278, Th.8.2); ἐς καλόν S.OT78
, Pl.Men. 89e, Smp. 174e; τί γὰρ ἐμοὶ ζῆν καλόν; what is the good of life to me? Ph.2.594; καλῇ πίστει, = Lat.bona fide, PTeb.418.14 (iii A. D.).

2 of sacrifices, auspicious, σφάγια A.Th. 379
; οἰωνοί E. Ion 1333
; ἱερά Th.4.92
; τὸ τέλος κ. τῆς ἐξόδου X.An.5.2.9
; κ. τὰ ἱερὰ ἦν αὐτῷ Id.Cyr.3.2.3
: c. inf., ἰέναι.. κ. ἡμῖν τὰ ἱερὰ ἦν Id.An.2.2.3
: Com., τὰ τῆς πυγῆς κ. (for τοῦ θεοῦ) Ar. Pax 868.

III in a moral sense, beautiful, noble, honourable, in Hom. only in neut., οὐ καλὸν ἔειπες Od.8.166
, cf. 17.381; μεῖζον κλέος.. καὶ κάλλιον 18.255
; freq. καλόν [ ἐστι] c. inf., κ. τοι σὺν ἐμοὶ τὸν κήδειν ὅς κ' ἐμὲ κήδῃ Il.9.615
; οὐ γὰρ ἔμοιγε κ. (sc. ἄρχειν) 21.440; οὐ κ. ἀτέμβειν οὐδὲ δίκαιον Od.20.294
; so in Trag., καλόν μοι τοῦτο ποιούσῃ θανεῖν S.Ant.72
, etc.; μάθετε καλὸν ποιεῖν LXXIs.1.17
: [comp] Comp., οὐ μέν τοι τόδε κάλλιον οὐδὲ ἔοικε Od.7.159
, cf. Il.24.52; after Hom. freq. of actions, etc., κάλων κἄσλων Sapph.Supp.2.4
(unless of persons here); κ. ἔργματα noble deeds, Pi.I.4(3).42, cf. S.Fr. 839, etc.; ἀναστροφὴ κ. 1 Ep.Pet.2.12: in pl., excellences, πλῆθος καλῶν Pi.O.13.45
; πολλῶν καλῶν δεῖ τῷ καλόν τι μωμένῳ S.Fr. 938
; τὰ τοῦ παιδὸς κ. X.Smp.8.17.

2 τὸ κ. moral beauty, virtue, honour, opp. τὸ αἰσχρόν, Id.Mem.1.1.16, cf. Pl.Smp. 183d, etc.; ὅττι καλόν, φίλον ἐστί, τὸ δ' οὐ καλὸν οὐ φίλον ἐστίν Thgn.17
, cf. E.Ba. 881 (lyr.), Pl. Ly. 216c; οὐ ταὐτὸν ἡγῇ σύ, ὡς ἔοικας, κ. τε καὶ ἀγαθὸν καὶ κακὸν καὶ αἰσχρόν Id.Grg. 474d
, cf. Smp. 201e; τοὐμὸν κ. E.Supp. 300.

3 of persons, in early writers coupled with ἀγαθός, v. καλοκἀγαθός; later κ. ποιμήν Ev.Jo.10.11
;
κ. στρατιώτης
2 Ep.Tim.
2.3
.

IV in [dialect] Att. and Trag. freq. ironically, fine, specious, γέρας κ. A.Eu. 209; κ. γὰρ οὑμὸς βίοτος ὥστε θαυμάσαι S.El. 393
, cf. E.Ba. 652; κ. Χάρις D.9.65
; κ. ὕβριν ὑβρισμένοι Id.23.121
; καί σοι.. θωπεῦσαι καλόν S.OC 1003
; μετ' ὀνομάτων καλῶν Th.5.89
.

B Degrees of [comp] Comp.: [comp] Comp. καλλίων, ον, Il.24.52, Od.10.396, etc.: neut. κάλιον [pron. full] [ᾰ] Alc.134: [comp] Sup. κάλλιστος, η, ον, Il.20.233, etc.; late καλλιώτερος or - ότερος, POxy.1672.6 (i A. D.), Sch.E. Tr. 966; also καλώτερος Hdn.Epim.69
.

C Adv.:—Poets freq. use neut. καλόν as Adv., κ. ἀείδειν Il.18.570
, Od.1.155; καλά Il.6.326
; later τὸ κ. Theoc.3.3, 18, Call.Epigr.53, Herod.1.54.

II regul. Adv. [full] καλῶς ([dialect] Dor. [full] καλώς Sophr.22), well, rightly, οὐδ' ἔτι κ. οἶκος ἐμὸς διόλωλε Od.2.64
; κ. ζῆν, τεθνηκέναι, etc., S.Aj. 479, etc.; κ. φρονεῖν to be in one's right mind, Id.Fr. 836; οὐ κ. ταρβεῖς Id.Tr. 457
; κ. ἀγωνιεῖσθαι fairly, on the merits of the case, Lys.13.88; Χρήματα δατῆθθαι κ. Leg.Gort.4.39; κ. εἰρημένα S.Fr. 576.6
; κάλλιον λέγεις Pl.Tht. 161b
; κάλλιστ' ἂν εἴποι S.OT 1172
: freq. in phrase καλῶς καὶ εὖ, καλῶς τε καὶ εὖ, Pl.Prt. 319e, Prm. 128b, etc.

2 of good fortune, well, happily, κ. πράσσειν, = εὖ π., A.Pr. 979, S.Ant. 271; κ. καὶ εὖ πράττειν Pl.Chrm. 172a
; κ. ἔχειν to be well, A.Th. 799, etc.; κ. ἔχει σοι Ar.Ach. 946
, cf. S.El. 816; κ. ἔχει c. inf., 'tis well to.., X.Mem.3.11.1: c. gen., κ. ἔχειν τινός to be well off in respect to a thing, Hp.Superf.29; κ. παράπλου κεῖσθαι Th.1.36
; εἰ κ. σφίσιν ἔχοι Id.4.117
; οὔτε τοῖς θεοῖς ἔφη κ. ἔχειν, εἰ.. X.Mem.1.3.3
; καλλιόνως ἔχει Pl.Tht. 169e
, etc.; κάλλιστα ἕζει Id.Hp.Ma. 295b
.

3 καλῶς, = πάνυ, thoroughly, altogether, τὸν κ. εὐδαίμονα A.Fr. 317
, = S. Fr. 934; κ. ἔξοιδα Id.OC 269
, cf. OT 1008; κ. ὑπὸ τοῦ πυρὸς διεφθάρθαι D.S.13.108
: [comp] Comp., κάλλιον εἰδέναι Pl.Hp.Ma. 300d
; κάλλιον ἐοικέναι to be just like , Hp.Genit.8.

4 κ. ἀκούειν to be well spoken of, Men.Mon. 285, Plu.2.177e.

5 κ. ποιῶν rightly, deservedly, κ. ποιῶν ἀπόλλυται Ar.Pl. 863
, cf. D.1.28, al., Aeschin.3.232; in requests, κ. ποιήσεις πριάμενος, etc., PPetr.3p.143 (iii B. C.), etc.; also c. inf., κ. π. γράψαι BGU1203.7
(i B. C.), etc.

6 in answers, to approve the words of the former speaker, well said! E.Or. 1216, D.39.15; also, to decline an offer courteously, no, thank you! Ar.Ra. 888; κ. ἔχει Antiph.165
, Men.Pk. 266; πάνυ κ. Ar.Ra. 512; ἀμέλει κ. ib. 532: [comp] Sup., κάλλιστ', ἐπαινῶ ib. 508; ἔχει κάλλιστα Theoc.15.3
.

7 ironically, finely, καλῶς ἐρήμης γ' ἂν σὺ γῆς ἄρχοις μόνος S.Ant. 739
, cf. E.Med. 588, Ar.Eq. 344, Din.1.69.

8 κ. ὁ ἱερεύς hurrah for the priest! SIG1109.14 (Athens, ii A. D.).

9 repeated with the Adj., καλὴ καλῶς Ar.Ach. 253
, Pax 1330, Ec. 730; καλὸς κάλλιστά τε ῥέξαις Pi.O.9.94
.

10 [comp] Comp. καλλιόνως Pl.Tht.
l.c., Lg. 660d: [comp] Sup. καλλίστως PMag.Par.1.2443
,2465, Sch.E.Hec. 310.

D for compds., v. καλλι-, καλο-.

E Quantity: [pron. full] ᾱ in [dialect] Ep. and early Iamb. Poets (exc. h.Ven.29, Hes.Op.63, Th. 585): [pron. full] ᾰ in Lyr. (exc. κᾱλῶς B.12.206
) and Trag. (A. Fr. 314, S.Ph. 1381 are corrupt).--In Eleg., Epigr., and Bucol. Poets [pron. full] ᾰ or [pron. full] ᾱ (the latter usu. in thesi); τὰ μὴ κᾰλὰ κᾱλὰ πέφανται Theoc.6.19
, cf. Herod.7.115, Call.Jov.55.--In [comp] Comp., [pron. full] ῐ in Hom., [pron. full] ῑ in Trag. and later.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > καλός
68 οὗοἷἕ

οὗ, [full] οἷ, [full] ἕ,

A FORMS: gen. ἕο Il.5.343
, al., εὗ v.l. in Od.19.446 (ap.A.D.Pron.76.15, etc.), al., εἷο Il.4.400
, Od.22.19, ἑοῦ A.D.Pron. 77.10
; ἑο enclit., Od.14.461, εὑ Il.14.427
, al., Hdt.3.135; ἕθεν is another [dialect] Ep. form, Il.3.128,al. (used by A.Supp.66 (lyr.)), enclit. in Il. 9.686, al.; ϝέθεν Alc.11
; οὗ ἕθεν together, A.R.1.362, 4.1471; εἷο for ἐμοῦ, Id.2.635: [dialect] Att. οὗ, but rarely used, S.OT 1257, Pl.Smp. 174d, R. 393e, 614b: [dialect] Locr. ϝέος dub. in IG9(1).334.33 (v B. C.): [dialect] Boeot. ἑοῦς Corinn.2
: [dialect] Dor. ϝίο ( γίο cod.) Hsch.: late [dialect] Ep. ἑοῖο A.R.1.1032
(v.l. ἑεῖο): dat. οἷ Od.11.433
, al., enclit. in 1.17, al. (enclit. οἱ perh. as gen., Il.16.531, Archil.29, Hdt.1.60, 3.15, A.R.3.371, Theoc.25.66, cf.Sch. Il.19.384 and ἐγώ 11
): Delph. ϝοι GDI 2561 D 14 (also [dialect] Aeol., Sapph. 111): [dialect] Att. οἷ Pl.Smp. 174e
, X.An.1.1.8, enclit. οἱ A.Ag. 1147 (lyr.), Th.2.13, al., Antipho 5.93, And.1.38, Pl.Phlb. 60d, al., X.Mem.1.2.32, etc.: ἑοῖ twice in Hom., Il.13.495, Od.4.38; ἑοῖ αὐτῇ used of the 1 pers., A.R.3.99: for ϝίν, ἵν, v. ἵ: [dialect] Boeot. ἑΐν Corinn.36
: acc. ἕ Il.4.497
, al., Pi.O.9.14, enclit. ἑ Il.1.236
, al., never in Trag., Com., Th., Hdt., or X., but found in Pl.Smp. 175a,al.; ἑέ twice in Hom., Il. 20.171, 24.134 (perh. with elision in 14.162, 17.551); ἑ as fem. pl., h.Ven. 267; ϝηέ dub. in GDI1267.23 ([place name] Pamphylia): for the forms σφε, μιν, νιν, ἵ, σφωέ, σφεῖς, v. sub vocc.

B MEANINGS:

I him, her, ἐπεί ἑό φημι βίῃ πολὺ φέρτερος εἶναι Il.15.165
; ἅλις δέ οἱ· ἀλλὰ ἕκηλος ἐρρέτω· ἐκ γάρ εὑ φρένας εἵλετο μητίετα Ζεύς 9.376
-7; περὶ κεῖνον ὀΐζυε καί ἑ φύλασσε 3.408
; ἡ δέ οἱ κόμη ὤμους κατεσκίαζε Archil.29
, etc.: this use is not found in Prose, exc. in dialects, IG4.506 ([place name] Argos), 7.2407.7 ([dialect] Boeot.), Berl.Sitzb.1927.169 ([place name] Cyrene); ἀπέλαβε τήν οἱ ὁ πατὴρ εἶχε ἀρχήν his father, Hdt.3.15, cf. 4.50, al.

II as ἐμέ can be used reflexively ( αὐτὰρ ἐγὼν ἐμὲ λύσομαι Il.10.378
), so also ἕ ([etym.] οὗ, οἷ) , Ἀχιλῆα, ἕο μέγ' ἀμείνονα φῶτα, ἠτίμησεν Il.2.239
; ἡ δ' ἔξοχα λυγρὰ ἰδυῖα οἷ τε κατ' αἶσχος ἔχευε καὶ ἐσσομένῃσιν ὀπίσσω Od.11.433
; ἡ δὲ.. ἀπὸ ἕο κάββαλεν υἱόν Il.5.343
: later this reflex. sense is found only when the Pron. is used in a subordinate clause or construction (esp. acc. c. inf.) and refers to the subject of the principal Verb, e.g. προηγόρευε τοῖς Ἀθηναίοις.. ὅτι Ἀρχίδαμος μέν οἱ ξένος εἴη.. καὶ μηδεμίαν οἱ ὑποψίαν κατὰ ταῦτα γίγνεσθαι Th.2.13
.

2 οὗ ἕ οἷ in combination with αὐτοῦ, αὐτόν, etc. forms a reflex. Pron. used without the foregoing restriction: in Hom. the two words are separate, e.g. πειρήθη δ' ἕο αὐτοῦ ἐν ἔντεσι δῖος Ἀχιλλεύς Il.19.384
, cf. 5.64, al.: later they form one word, v. ἑαυτοῦ. [ὅς 'ϝ' ἄξει, i.e. with elision of 'ϝέ, must be read or understood for ὃς ἄξει, Il.24.154, in view of ὅς σ' ἄξει in l. 183, and so prob. in 1.195 (cf. 208), 4.315 ([etym.] ὥς 'ϝ'), 16.545 ([etym.] μή 'ϝ'), Od.5.135 ([etym.] ἠδέ 'ϝ'): so ἔνθα 'ϝ (οι) ἔσαν is conjectured for ἔνθ' ἔσαν οἱ Il.6.289
(cf. ἔνθα οἱ ἦσαν ὕες Od.15.556
), also ἀμφὶ δέ 'ϝ (οι) ὄσσε in Il.5.310: the elided acc. ϝ' is prob. to be recognized in δὸς δέ ϝ' ἰν ἀνθρο ¯ ποις δόξαν ἔχε ¯ ν ἀγαθ (ά) ν IG14.652
([place name] Metapontum), rather than ϝιν.] (ἕ from *swe, ἑέ from *sewe, cogn. with ὅς (Possess.) and ἑός, qq. v.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὗοἷἕ
69 τελέω

τελέω, [dialect] Ep. also [full] τελείω, both in Hom. (

A τελέοντες Od.3.262
, cf. 4.776, al., τελείει 6.234
, 23.161): [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf. τέλεον Il.23.373
, 768; ἐτέλειον 9.456
, 15.593; [dialect] Ion. τέλεσκον Call.Dian. 123
, Fr. 434; τελέεσκον Q.S.8.213
: [tense] fut. τελέσω Pi.N.4.43
, X.Cyr.8.6.3, ([etym.] δια-) Pl.R. 425e codd., D.21.66 codd. (- τελῶ Cobet in both places), PAvrom.2A9 (i B.C.); [dialect] Ep. also τελέω, Il.8.415, 12.59, Od.2.256, etc.; [dialect] Att. τελῶ S.El. 1435
, Ar.Ra. 173, Pl.Prt. 311b: [tense] aor. ([etym.] ἐ) τέλεσα Od.5.390
; [dialect] Ep. τέλεσσα and ἐτέλεσσα Il.246
, Il.12.222, 23.543, 559, al. (inf. τελέσσαι Pi.P.3.9
); [dialect] Att. ἐτέλεσα Th.4.78
, etc.: [tense] pf. τετέλεκα Pl.Ap. 20a
, ([etym.] δια-) D.18.203:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. (v. infr.): [tense] aor. ἐτελεσάμην Id.38.18
, etc.; [tense] pf. τετέλεσμαι Inscr.Prien.11.34
(iii B.C.):—[voice] Pass., [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf. ἐτελείετο Il.1.5
: [tense] fut. τελεσθήσομαι Thphr.Char.16.12
; [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in this sense, τελεῖται A.Pr. 929
, Ag.68 (anap.), etc., τελέεσθαι Il.2.36
, τελεῖσθαι Od.23.284
; part. τελεόμενος Hdt.1.206
, τελεύμενος Id.3.134
: [tense] aor. ἐτελέσθην Od.4.663
, etc.; [dialect] Aeol. inf. τελέσθην Sapph. Supp.1.4
: [tense] pf. τετέλεσμαι Il.18.74
, etc.: [tense] plpf. τετέλεστο 19.242
: Cret. [tense] pf. part. τετελημένος GDI4963
; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] pf. τετέληνται dub. in SIG 1024.22 (Myconus, iii/ii B.C.): ([etym.] τέλος):—fulfil, accomplish, execute, perform, freq. in Poets from Hom. downwds., less freq. in Prose (except in signfs. 11 and 111); τελέσαι ἔργον τε ἔπος τε Od.2.272
, cf. Il.1.108, 523, etc.; τ. φιλοτήσια ἔργα Od.11.246
; μ' ἔφαντο ἄξειν εἰς Ἰθάκην, οὐδ' ἐτέλεσσαν but did it not, 13.212; τ. ἀέθλους 3.262
; πόνον 23.250
; πύματον δρόμον Il.23.373
; ὁδόν Od.2.256
, Mimn. 11; sts. without ὁδόν, ἄτερ καμάτοιο τέλεσσαν ἤματι τῷ αὐτῷ καὶ ἀπήνυσαν οἴκαδ' ὀπίσσω Od.7.325
; ὁδῷ δὲ τὰ ξυντομώτατα ἐξ Ἀβδήρων ἐς Ἴστρον ἀνὴρ εὔζωνος ἑνδεκαταῖος τελεῖ Th.2.97
; ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐς Φάρσαλον ἐτέλεσε Id.4.78
; κίνδυνον τελέσσαι perform a dangerous feat, Epich.99; ἔργον S.El. 1399
; δίδυμα κακά A.Th. 782
(lyr.); προστάγματα Pl.Lg. 926a
, cf. d:—[voice] Pass., Hdt.1.206; καὶ εἰ τετελεσμένον ἐστί, = τελεῖσθαι δύναται, Od.5.90, Il.14.196; τετέλεστο δὲ ἔργον 7.465
; αὐτίκ' ἔπειθ' ἅμα μῦθος ἔην, τετέλεστο δὲ ἔργον 'no sooner said than done', 19.242; ἐάνπερ ἐπὶ λόγῳ ἔργα τελῆται Pl. R. 389d
, cf. Plt. 288c; γραφὴ τῶν τετελεσμένων ἔργων PPetr.3p.340
(iii B.C.); τετέλεσται Ev.Jo.19.30
(cf. 28).

2 fulfil one's word, τ. ἔπος, μῦθον, ὑπόσχεσιν, Il.14.44, Od.4.776, 10.483; τελέω τὰ πάροιθεν ὑπέστην Il.23.20
; τελέσαι κότον, χόλον, glut one's fury, wrath, 1.82, 4.178: also, grant one the fulfilment or accomplishment of anything, τ. νόον τινί fulfil his wish, 23.149, cf. Od.22.51; τ. ἐέλδωρ Hes.Sc.36
; λιτάς A.Th. 627
(lyr.); κατάρας ib. 724 (lyr.); rarely c. inf., οὐδ' ἐτέλεσσε φέρων δόμεναι he succeeded not in.., Il.12.222 (cf. ἀνύω 1.6
):—[voice] Pass., to be fulfilled, 2.36, 330, al.: esp. [tense] pf. part., [μῦθος] τετελεσμένος ἐστί Il.1.388
, cf.h.Ven.26; elsewh. in Hom. only neut., τὸ δὲ καὶ τετελεσμένον ἔσται Il.1.212
, cf. 8.286, al.:—[voice] Med., τελέσασθαι δίκην bring a suit to issue, D.38.18, cf. 39.18 ([voice] Pass.).

3 grant in full, work out, ἀγαθόν τινι, ὅ τι φρεσὶν ᾗσι μενοινᾷ Od.2.34
; νόστον 15.112
; μόγις δ' ἐτέλεσσε Κρονίων 3.119
; τ. λυγρά 18.134
; γῆρας ἄρειον 23.286
; κακὰ κήδεα τ. τινί Il.18.8
, cf. Od.4.699, 18.389, S. Ant.3; θεῶν τελεσάντων (sc. αὐτό) Pi.P.10.49; εὖ τελεῖ θεός A. Th. 35
.

4 ὅρκια τελεῖν make an oath effective, Il.7.69: later, execute a legal document, δημόσιος χρηματισμὸς τετελεσμένος δι' ἐπιτηρητῶν ἀγορανομίας Mitteis Chr.200.10 (iii A.D.), cf. POxy.290.22 (i A.D.), etc.

5 bring to fulfilment or perfection, ἀρετὰν.. πεπρωμέναν τελέσει Pi.N.4.43
; τ. τινά bless him with perfect happiness, Id.I.6(5).46 (dub.); so τετελεσμένον ἐσλόν Id.N.9.6
; τελεσθεὶς ὄλβος A.Ag. 751
(lyr.): also, bring a child to maturity, bring it to the birth, E.Ba. 100 (lyr.).

b with an Adj. added, ἅπαντας ἡ παίδευσις ἡμέρους τελεῖ makes perfectly gentle, Men.Mon.41.

6 bring to an end, finish, end,
ἐξ ἀγαθοῦ γὰρ ἀρξάμενος τελέω τὸν λόγον εἰς ἀγαθόν
Lyr.Alex. Adesp.
21.2
.

7 of Time, ὅτε δὴ τρίτον ἦμαρ.. τέλεσ' Ἠώς Od.5.390
; βίον τ. Simon.36, S.Ant. 1114; πολλοὺς τρόχους ἡλίου ib. 1065; τελευτὴν τοῦ βίου Id.Tr.79
; also τ. νοῦσον come to the end of it, Hes. Th. 799:—[voice] Pass., περὶ δ' ἤματα μακρὰ τελέσθη Od.10.470
, cf. Hes. Th.59; τετελεσμένον εἰς ἐνιαυτόν ib. 795; ἐν τοῖς ἔτεσι τοῖς δὶς ἑπτὰ τετελ. Arist.HA 581a14, cf. Metaph. 994a26; of men, come to one's end, οἴμοι.. δεσπότου τελουμένου A.Ch. 875
(s. v.l.).

8 sts. intr., like the [voice] Pass., come to an end, be fulfilled, turn out, οὐ γὰρ οἶδ' ὅπῃ τελεῖ ib. 1021, cf. Pers. 225 (troch.), S.El. 1417 (lyr.): later = τελέθω, to be, φύσει τελῶν μνησίκακος Tz.H.2.83
, al.

II pay what one owes, what is due, λιπαρὰς τελέουσι θέμιστας Il.9.156
, 298 (unless this means ' will administer good laws'); νῆας.. αἵ κεν τελέοιεν ἕκαστα ἄστε' ἐπ' ἀνθρώπων ἱκνεύμεναι bring supplies of everything, Od. 9.127: generally, pay, present, δῶρα, δωτίνην, Il.9.598, Od.11.352; μισθόν Il.21.457
, Eup.4; ἀργύριον Pl.Ly. 208b
; ἀργύριον.. μισθόν Id.Prt. 311d
; δύο δραχμὰς μισθόν Ar.Ra. 173
: metaph., τ. ὕμνον Pi.P. 1.79
, 2.13; τ. ψυχὰν Ἀΐδᾳ, i.e. die, Id.I.1.68.

b esp. pay tax, duty, toll, φόρον Pl.Alc.1.123a
; τὰ τέλη Cratin.Jun.9.5
, Arist.Ath. 55.3, cf. Pl.Lg. 847b; τ. μετοίκιον pay the tax of a μέτοικος, ib. 850b; ἱππάδα Is.7.39
; θητικόν Arist.Ath.7.4
, Lex ap. D.43.54; ξενικά D.57.34
; συντάξεις Aeschin.3.91
; freq. in Papyri, οἱ τελοῦντες τὰ καθήκοντα εἰς τὸ βασιλικόν PTeb.5.174
(ii B.C.), etc.; τ. σῖτον pay one's contribution of corn, X.HG5.3.21: abs., pay tax, IG12.1.2,3, Hdt.2.109:—[voice] Pass., of money, etc., to be paid, Id.9.93; of persons, to be in receipt of rent, χώραν ἀτέλεστον ἔχουσιν αὐτοὶ τετελεσμένοι D. Prooem.55
.

2 lay out, spend, χρήματα μεγάλα Hdt.3.137
, Pl. Ap. 20a, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.13:—[voice] Pass., to be spent or expended, Hdt.2.125; ἐς τὸ δεῖπνον τετρακόσια τάλαντα τετελεσμένα laid out upon the dinner, Id.7.118; ἕνδεκα μυριάδας μεδίμνων τελεομένας ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ ib. 187, cf. Pl.Lg. 955e.

b consume, eat (cf. ἀναλίσκω 1.3
), [σιτία] μέτρια τελεύμενα Hp.Aff.47
, cf. 26,43,44.

3 since, in many Greek cities, the citizens were distributed into classes acc. to their taxable property, τ. εἴς τινας meant to belong to a class, to be reckoned among, τ. ἐς Ἕλληνας, ἐς Βοιωτούς, belong to the Greeks, the Boeotians, Hdt.2.51, 6.108; εἰς ἀστοὺς τ. become a citizen, S.OT 222; εἰς ἄνδρας τ. come to man's estate, Pl.Lg. 923e; εἰς γυναῖκας ἐξ ἀνδρὸς τ. become a woman instead of a man, E.Ba. 822; ἕκαστος ἡμῶν ὑπό τινα τελεῖ δαίμονα ὃς πάσης ἡμῶν τῆς ζωῆς ἐπάρχει belongs.., Herm. in Phdr.p.93 A.

4 from the last sense perh. may be expld. the phrase, κοῖός τις δοκέοι ἀνὴρ εἶναι πρὸς τὸν πατέρα τελέσαι to compare with his father, Hdt.3.34 ( τελέσαι om. cod. E, secl. Hude).

III initiate in the mysteries, τινα Pl.Euthd. 277d; τῇ μητρὶ τελούσῃ τὰς βίβλους ἀναγιγνώσκειν D.18.259
; τυμπανίζειν καὶ τ. Plu.2.60a; τ. τῷ Διονύσῳ Milet.6.23
:—[voice] Pass., to have oneself initiated, Ar.Nu. 258; τετελεσμένος Pl.Phd. 69c
, Berl.Sitzb.1927.169 ([place name] Cyrene), etc.; ἐτέλεις, ἐγὼ δ' ἐτελούμην D.18.265
; Διονύσῳ τελεσθῆναι to be consecrated to Dionysus, initiated in his mysteries, Hdt.4.79; ὀργίοισι Hp. Lex5
, cf. X.Smp.1.10: c. acc., Βακχεῖ' ἐτελέσθη Ar.Ra. 357
(anap.); τελέους τελετὰς τελούμενος Pl.Phdr. 249c
, cf. 250b; also τ. μεγάλοισι τέλεσι Id.R. 560e
.

b in Magic, endow a thing with potency, consecrate it, PMag.Par.1.1744, PMag.Lond.46.242, 121.590, Sch.Ar.Pl. 884.

c enchant, Παλλάδιον τετελεσμένον Eust.ad D.P.620.

2 metaph., τελεσθῆναι στρατηγός to be formally appointed general, D. 13.19; τετελεσμένος σωφροσύνῃ a votary of temperance, X.Oec.21.12.

3 also of sacred rites, perform, ἱερά E.Ba. 485
, cf. IT 464 (anap.); θυσίαν τοῖς θεοῖς D.S.4.34
, cf. Plu.Thes.16; ὄργια IG14.1183
([place name] Rome), Paus.4.14.1; γάμον, γάμους, Call.Ap.14, Lyc. 1387:— [voice] Pass., Pl.Lg. 775a.

4 [voice] Pass., of women, to be married, GDI3721.5,9 ([place name] Cos).

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τελέω
70 ἵζω

ἵζω, imper. ἵζε (not ἷζε) Od.24.394, E.Hec. 145 (anap.): [tense] impf.

A ἷζον Il.20.15
, E.Alc. 946, [dialect] Ion. ἵζεσκον Od.3.409
: [tense] aor. εἷσα Il.23.359
, Hdt. 3.61, IG3.701, Hymn.Is.5, etc.; imper. εἷσον Od.7.163
codd.; part. ἕσας 10.361
, Cyren. acc. ἕσσαντα (v. infr.); inf. ἕσσαι Pi.P.4.273
(the only tenses in Hom.): [tense] aor. ἵζησα D.C.50.2
, 58.5, etc.: [tense] pf. ἵζηκα ([etym.] ἐν-) Gal.2.691, 15.452, ([etym.] συν-) Philostr.Im.2.20:—[voice] Med., v. infr. 1 and 111, and cf. ἕζομαι.—Mostly in Poets and late Prose, the [dialect] Att. Prose form being καθίζω: (Redupl. si-sd-ō, [tense] aor. (augmented) e-sed-s-, cf. ἕζομαι, ἑδος):

I causal, make to sit, seat, place, set, μή μ' ἐς θρόνον ἵζε Il.24.553
, cf. Hdt.3.61; βουλὴν ἷζε Il.2.53
; ἵζει μάντιν ἐν θρόνοις A.Eu.18
; ὅς μ' ἐπὶ βουσὶν εἷσ' set me over the oxen, Od.20.210; σκοπὸν εἷσε set as a spy, Il.23.359; λόχον εἷσαν laid an ambush, 4.392; εἷσεν δὲ (v.l. δ' ἐν) Σχερίῃ settled [them] in Scheria, Od.6.8, cf. Il.2.549; ἐπὶ χώρας ἕσσαι Pi.P.
l.c.; ἐπὶ τὸ δεῖπνον ἵζειν τοὺς βασιλέας Hdt.6.57
; ἕσσαντα ἐπὶ τῷ ὠδῷ having caused (the suppliant) to sit on the threshold, Berl.Sitzb.1927.170 ([place name] Cyrene): rare in Trag., σὺ γάρ νιν εἰς τόδ' εἷσας αὔχημ ' for thou didst throne her in this pride, S.OC 713 (lyr.).

2 later in [tense] aor. 1 [voice] Med. εἱσάμην, [ per.] 3sg. εἵσατο IG12(5).615
(Iulis, v B.C., written εσατο), 2.1298.4 (ii B.C.), 1336.1 (ii B.C.):— set up and dedicate temples, statues, etc. in honour of gods, Thgn.12, Hdt.1.66; τέμενος ἕσσαντο Pi.P.4.204
; ἕσσατο βωμόν Id.Oxy.408.37
: [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3sg. hίσατο IG9(1).704
(Corc., vi B.C.), ἵσσατο ib.4.569 ([place name] Argos); [ per.] 3pl. [ἥ]σσαντο BCH33.171
(ibid., iii B.C.); part. ἑσσάμενος IG4.840.7
, 841.23 (Calauria, iii B.C.): [dialect] Att. part. prob. ἑσάμενος, θυσίας τὰς πατρίους τῶν ἑσαμένων (ἑσς-, ἐσς-, εἰς- codd.).. ἀφαιρήσεσθε Th.3.58
; later εἱσάμενος IG22.1364
(i A.D.), Plu.Them. 22, Thes.17, Pyrrh.1, Luc.Syr.D.1, also Hdt.1.66 codd.: late [tense] fut. εἵσομαι ἱερόν A.R.2.807
.

II intr., sit, sit down, Il.2.96, 792, etc.; ἷζε ἐν μέσσοισι he sat in the midst, 20.15; ἵζειν ἐς θρόνον Od.8.469
, Hdt.5.25; ἐς θᾶκον S.Ant. 1000
; ἐπὶ θρόνου Il.18.422
, cf. Od.17.339; ἐπὶ [λίθοισιν] 3.409; ἐπ' ἄκριας ἠνεμοέσσας 16.365
; ἐπὶ κώπην, of rowers, Ar.Ra. 199; ἐπὶ κώπᾳ πηδαλίῳ τε E.Alc. 441
(lyr.); ἐπὶ τοὺς νεώς Epicr.3.12
; νέφεσσι.. Ὀλύμποιο.. ἵζων Ζεύς Pi.Pae.6.93
: c. acc. loci, ἵζειν θρόνον A.Ag. 982
(lyr.); βωμόν E. Ion 1314
: c. acc. cogn., ἵ. κλωπικὰς ἕδρας Id.Rh. 512
.

2 sit still, be quiet, h.Merc.457 (dub.).

3 metaph., sink, εἰς ὀχετὸν ἄτας ἵζοισαν πόλιν sink into.., Pi.O.10(11).38; εἰς ἑτέραν ἵζει ἕδραν Pl.Ti. 53a
.

III [voice] Med. in signf. 11, sit, πάροιθ'.. ἵζευ ἐμεῖο Il.3.162
; Διὸς.. ποτὶ βωμὸν ἑρκείου ἵζοιτο Od.22.335
; ἱσσάμενος ἐπὶ τῷ δαμοσίῳ ἱαρῷ Berl.Sitzb.1927.169
([place name] Cyrene); late [tense] fut. εἵσεται Phylarch.44J.
: [dialect] Dor. [tense] pres. imper.
ἵσδευ
Papers of Amer.Sch.at Athens
3
No. 437 ([place name] Pisidia); lie in ambush, ἔνθ' ἄρα τοί γ' ἵζοντ' Il.18.522
; freq. of an army, take up a position, ἵζεσθαι ἀντίοι τινί Hdt.9.26
; ἵζεσθαι ἐν τῷ Τηϋγέτῳ, ἐς τὸ Τηΰγετον, Id.4.145, 146; ἐν τῷ Ἰσθμῷ, ἐς τὸν Ἰσθμόν, Id.8.71; of a fleet, Id.6.5: generally ἐς ἱρὸν Ἀφροδίτης Id.1.199
; ἐς τὰ πρόθυρα Id.3.140
; in Trag., ἐν ἁγνῷ ἵζεσθε A.Supp. 224
; ἐς θρόνους E. Ion 1618
: c. acc., ἵζεσθαι κρήνας Id.IA 141
(lyr.).

2 of things, settle down, subside, ἡ νῆσος ἱζομένη Pl.Ti. 25c
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἵζω
71 δίδωμι

δίδωμι, Il.23.620, etc. (late [full] δίδω POxy. 121 (iii A. D.)); late forms, [ per.] 1pl. διδόαμεν v. l. in J.BJ3.8.5, etc., [ per.] 3pl. δίδωσι ([etym.] παρα-) Id.AJ10.4.1, etc.; but thematic forms are freq. used, esp. in [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion., διδοῖς, διδοῖσθα, Il.9.164, 19.270,

A διδοῖ Od.17.350
, Mimn.2.16, Hdt.2.48, Hp.Aër.12 ([etym.] ἀνα-), A.Supp. 1010, etc., διδοῦσι Il.19.265
(always in Hom.), dub. in [dialect] Att., Antiph.156; imper. δίδου Thgn.1303
, Hdt.3.140, E.Or. 642, δίδοι Pi.O.1.85
, Epigr. in Class.Phil.4.78, [dialect] Ep. δίδωθι Od.3.380
; inf. διδόναι, also διδοῦν Thgn.1329
, [dialect] Ep. διδοῦναι Il.24.425
, [dialect] Aeol. δίδων Theoc.29.9
; part. διδούς, [dialect] Aeol. δίδοις Alc.Supp.23.13
: [tense] impf. ἐδίδουν -ους -ου, Ar.Eq. 678, Od.19.367, 11.289 ([dialect] Ep. δίδου Il. 5.165
), etc.; [ per.] 3pl. ἐδίδοσαν Hdt.8.9
, etc., ἐδίδουν (v.l. ἐδίδων) Hes. Op. 139, D.H.5.6 codd. ([etym.] ἀπ-), also ἔδιδον prob. in h.Cer. 437, δίδον ib. 328; [dialect] Ep. iter. δόσκον Il.14.382
: [tense] fut. δώσω 14.268
, etc., [dialect] Ep. διδώσω Od.13.358
, 24.314; inf. δωσέμεναι Il.13.369
: [tense] aor. 1 ἔδωκα, used only in ind., Od.9.361, etc., [dialect] Ep. δῶκα Il.4.43
: [tense] aor. 2 ἔδων, used in pl. ind. ἔδομεν ἔδοτε ἔδοσαν ([dialect] Lacon. ἔδον IG5(1).1
B1), and in moods, δός, δῶ, δοίην, δοῦναι, δούς; [dialect] Ep. forms of [tense] aor., subj. [ per.] 3sg. δώῃ, δώῃσι, δῷσι, Il.16.725, 1.324, Od.2.144; [ per.] 3sg. δώη, [dialect] Boeot. δώει SIG2858.17
(Delph.), IG7.3054 (Lebad.), δοῖ PPetr.2
.p.24; [ per.] 1pl. δώομεν Il.7.299
, Od.16.184, [ per.] 3pl. δώωσι Il.1.137
; [ per.] 3sg. opt. is written δόη UPZ1.4
, δοῖ IG14.1488
, etc.; inf. δόμεναι Il.1.116
, δόμεν 4.379
(also [dialect] Dor., Ar.Lys. 1163 ([etym.] ἀπο-) , δόμειν SIG942
([place name] Dodona)); Cypr. inf. δοϝέναι Inscr.Cypr.135.5H.
(also opt. δυϝάνοι ib. 6); Arc. part. ἀπυ-δόας IG5(2).6.13
([place name] Tegea); inf. δῶναι Schwyzer 666.2
(Orchom., iii B. C.), also in later Greek, BGU38.13 (ii A. D.): [tense] pf. δέδωκα Pi.N.2.8
, etc.; [dialect] Boeot. [ per.] 3pl. ἀπο-δεδόανθι IG7.3171.35
(Orchom.): [tense] plpf. ἐδεδώκει X.Cyr.1.4.26
:—[voice] Med. only in compds.:— [voice] Pass., [tense] fut. δοθήσομαι E.Ph. 1650
, Is.3.39, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐδόθην Od.2.78
, etc.: [tense] pf. δέδομαι Il.5.428
, A.Supp. 1041, Th.1.26, etc.; [ per.] 3pl. δέδονται E.Supp. 757
: [tense] plpf. ἐδέδοτο Th.3.109
:—give freely, τινί τι Od.24.274
, etc.: in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf., to be ready to give, offer, Il.9.519, Hdt.5.94, 9.109, Ar.Fr. 100, X.An.6.3.9, etc.;
τὰ διδόμενα
things offered, D.18.119
.

2 of the gods, grant, assign, κῦδος, νίκην, etc., Il.19.204, 11.397, etc.; of evils, δ. ἄλγεα, ἄτας, κήδεα, etc., 1.96, 19.270, Od.9.15, etc.; twice in Hom. in [voice] Pass., οὔ τοι δέδοται πολεμήϊα ἔργα not to thee have deeds of war been granted, Il.5.428, cf. Od.2.78; later εὖ διδόναι τινί give good fortune, provide well for.., S.OT 1081, OC 642, E.Andr. 750: abs., of the laws, grant permission, δόντων αὐτῷ τῶν νόμων Is.7.2
, cf. Pl.Lg. 813c.

3 offer to the gods, ἑκατόμβας, ἱρὰ θεοῖσιν, Il.12.6, Od.1.67, etc.

4 with inf. added, ξεῖνος γάρ οἱ ἔδωκεν.. ἐς πόλεμον φορέειν gave it him to wear in war, Il.15.532, cf. 23.183; δῶκε [τεύχεα] θεράποντι φορῆναι 7.149
: later freq. of giving to eat or drink, ἐκ χειρὸς διδοῖ πιεῖν Hdt.4.172
, cf. Cratin.124, Pherecr.69, etc.; ἐδίδου ῥοφεῖν Ar.Fr. 203
; δίδου μασᾶσθαι Eup. 253
; δὸς καταφαγεῖν Hegem.1
; τὴν κύλικα δὸς ἐμπιεῖν Pherecr.41
; δὸς τὴν μεγάλην σπάσαι Diph.17.7
; with inf. omitted, φιάλην ἔδωκε κεράσας Ephipp.10
; εὐζωρότερον δός Diph.58
; also of giving water to wash with, δίδου κατὰ χειρός (sc. νίψασθαι) Arched.2.3, cf. Alex.261.2.

5 Prose phrases, δ. ὅρκον, opp. λαμβάνειν, tender an oath, δοκεῖ κἂν ὀμόσαι εἴ τις αὐτῷ ὅρκον διδοίη Is.9.24
, cf. D.39.3, Arist. Rh. 1377a8; δ. ψῆφον, γνώμην, put a proposal to the vote, propose a resolution, D.21.87, 24.13: δ. χάριν, = χαρίζεσθαι, S.Aj. 1354, Cratin. 317; ὀργῇ χάριν δούς having indulged.., S.OC 855; λόγον τινὶ δ. give one leave to speak, X.HG5.2.20;
δ. λόγον σφίσι
deliberate, Hdt. 1.97
; οὐκ, εἰ διδοίης.. σαυτῷ λόγον S.OT 583
; δοῦναι, λαβεῖν λόγον, Arist.SE 165a27 (but δ. λόγον, εὐθύνας, render accounts, IG12.91, al.): δ. δίκην or δίκας, v. δίκη: ἀκοὴν δ. λόγοις lend an ear to.., S. El.30, etc.; δ. ἐργασίαν give diligence, = Lat. dare operam, OGI441.109 (Lagina, i B. C.), POxy.742.11: c. inf., Ev.Luc.12.58: abs., sc. πληγήν, λίθῳ δ. τινί PLips. 13 iii 3
; ἐμβολὰς διδόναι, ram, of ships, D.S.13.10.

II c. acc. pers., hand over, deliver up, ἀχέεσσί με δώσεις Od.19.167
; μιν.. ὀδύνῃσιν ἔδωκεν Il.5.397
; Ἕκτορα κυσίν 23.21
; πυρί τινα Od.24.65
; πληγαῖς τινά Pl.R. 574c
; ἔδωκε θῆρας φόβῳ Pi.P.5.60
.

2 of parents, give their daughter to wife, θυγατέρα ἀνδρί Il.6.192
, Od.4.7; also of Telemachus, ἀνέρι μητέρα δώσω 2.223
; τὴν.. Σάμηνδε ἔδοσαν gave her in marriage to go to Samé, 15.367, cf. 17.442; with inf. added, δώσω σοι Χαρίτων μίαν ὀπυιέμεναι Il. 14.268
: in Prose and Trag., θυγατέρα δ. τινὶ γυναῖκα Hdt.1.107
, cf. Th.6.59, X.HG4.1.4, etc.: abs., ἐδίδοσαν καὶ ἤγοντο ἐξ ἀλλήλων Hdt. 5.92
.β, cf. E.Med. 288; also δ. κόρᾳ ἄνδρα Pi.P.9.117
.

3 διδόναι τινά τινι grant another to one's entreaties, pardon him at one's request, X.An.6.6.31; διδόναι τινί τι forgive one a thing, condone it, E.Cyc. 296 (s. v. l.).

4 δ. ἑαυτόν τινι give oneself up, δ. σφέας αὐτοὺς τοῖσι Ἀθηναίοισι Hdt.6.108
, cf. S.Ph.84, Th.2.68; τινὶ εἰς χεῖρας S.El. 1348
; δ. ἑαυτὸν τοῖς δεινοῖς D.18.97
; εἰς τοὺς κινδύνους Plb.3.17.8
; εἰς ἔντευξιν Id.3.15.4
; εἰς τρυφήν, εἰς λῃστείας, D.S.17.108, 18.47: c. inf., δίδωσ' ἑκὼν κτείνειν ἑαυτόν S.Ph. 1341
.

5 appoint, establish, of a priest, LXXEx.31.6; δῶμεν ἀρχηγόν ib.Nu. 14.4; δ. τινὰ εἰς ἔθνος μέγα ib.Ge.17.20; place, τινὰ ὑπεράνω πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ib.De.28.1:—[voice] Pass., οἱ δεδομένοι, = Nethinim, ministers of the Temple, ib.Ne.5.3; ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἵνα .. orders were given them that.., Apoc.9.5.

III in vows and prayers, c. acc. pers. et inf., grant, allow, bring about that.., esp. in prayers, δὸς ἀποφθίμενον δῦναι δόμον Ἄϊδος εἴσω grant that he may go.., Il.3.322; τὸν κασίγνητον δότε τυίδ' ἴκεσθαι Sapph.Supp.1.2
; δός με τείσασθαι give me to.., A.Ch.18, cf. Eu.31; also c. dat. pers., τούτῳ.. εὐτυχεῖν δοῖεν θεοί Id.Th. 422
; θεοὶ δοῖέν ποτ' αὐτοῖς.. παθεῖν S.Ph. 316
, cf. OC 1101, 1287, Pl.Lg. 737b.

2 grant, concede in argument, δ. καὶ συγχωρεῖν Id.Phd. 100b
, cf. Arist.Metaph. 990a12, al.: c. inf., Id.Ph. 239b29; δ. εἶναι θεούς Iamb.Myst.1.3
; ἑνὸς ἀτόπου δοθέντος τἆλλα συμβαίνει Arist.Ph. 186a9
; δεδομένα, τά, data, title of work by Euclid; ἡ δοθεῖσα γραμμή, γωνία, etc., Pl.Men. 87a, Euc.1.9, etc.; δεδόσθω κύκλος Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.6
, al.; also in Alchemy, δός take certain substances, Pleid.X.69.

IV Gramm., describe, record, Sch.Pi. P.5.93, Sch.Il.16.207.

V seemingly intr., give oneself up, devote oneself, c. dat., esp. ἡδονῇ E.Ph.21
, Plu.Publ.13; ἡδοναῖς Philostr. VS1.12
; ἐλπίδι J.AJ17.12.2
; εἰς δημοκοπίαν D.S.25.8
;
δρόμῳ δοὺς φέρεσθαι
at full speed, Alciphr.3.47
.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > δίδωμι
72 οὐδός

οὐδός (A), [dialect] Dor. [full] ὠδός Berl.Sitzb.1927.170 ([place name] Cyrene), Hsch.; Trag. and [dialect] Att. [full] ὀδός S.OC57, 1590, IG22.1668.33, 7.412.7 (Orop.), Lycurg. 40, Hyp.Dem.Fr.6, Men.671, BCH35.286 ([place name] Delos); also at Samos, Michel832.30, and Epidaurus, IG42(1).102.232 and 249, also (later) at Branchidae, CIG2885d9: gen. pl. [full] ὀδέων IG42(1).109 ii 105, 150 (Epid., iii B. C.): ὁ:—

A threshold, esp. threshold of a house, in Hom. χάλκεος οὐδός (as in Hes.Th. 811), Od.7.83,89; also λάϊνος Il.9.404
, Od. 8.80, Parm.1.12; μέλινος Od.17.339
; δρύϊνος 21.43
; μέγας Hes.Th. 749
.

2 generally, threshold, entrance to any place, ἐπὶ προθύροις Ὀδυσῆος, οὐδοῦ ἐπ' αὐλείου Od.1.104
; to the nether world, Il.8.15; χαλκόπους ὀδός S.OC57
, cf. 1590: in pl., perh. lintel, Theoc.23.50 (dub. l., ὀόδων cod.).

3 metaph., ἐπὶ γήραος οὐδῷ on the threshold which is old age, i.e. perh., on the threshold that leads from life to death (so οὐδὸς βιότου the end of life, Q.S.10.426), Il.22.60, Od.15.348, Hes.Op. 331, Hdt.3.14, cf. Pl.R. 328e; ἐπὶ γήρως ὀδῷ Lycurg.
, Hyp., and Men. ll. cc.; μέχρι γήραος οὐδοῦ Ps.-Phoc.230
; γήραος οὐδὸν ἱκέσθαι Od.23.212
, cf. 15.246.—Poet. word, used by Arist. Metaph. 1042b19, Plu. TG17, and Luc.Dom.18, al., in the form οὐδός, which is [dialect] Ion., cf. Hp.Art.78, GDI 5601a ([place name] Ephesus), IG11(2).158 A 69 (Delos, iii B. C.), and is used later as gloss on βηλός, AB 224 (so ὀδός in 225 and Hsch. s.v. ὀρρόβηλος). (The forms οὐδός ὠδός ὀδός point to Οδϝός.)

------------------------------------

οὐδός (B), ἡ,

A = ὁδός, way, only in Od.17.196.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > οὐδός
73 σῴζω

σῴζω, with ι wherever ζ follows ω, as σῴζω, EM741.27, and so (written σωιζ-) in Inscrr. and Papyri down to iii B.C., e.g. IG12.625.4, 22.687.35, 1611.378, Isyll.75 (lapis), PCair.Zen.482.17, 532.23 (iii B.C.), Test.Epict. 1.6 (iii/ii B.C.), ([etym.] ἀνα-) IG22.492.13, also in cod. Laur. of S.El. 993, al., but otherwise without it, e.g.

A ἔσωσε IG9(2).257.11
(Thess., v B.C.); but Didym. (and many Hellenistic and later Inscrr. and Papyri) rejected the ι everywhere, v. EMl.c., and on the other hand Inscrr. show σῳς- (always written σωις- ) from v B.C., ἔσῳσεν IG12.1085.5
, 22.1236.6, συνδιασῴσαντες GDI1612.9
(Dyme, iii B.C.), σῴσαι ([ per.] 3sg. opt.) IG5(2).357.152 (Stymphalus, iii B.C.), διέσῳσαν OGI56.18
(Canopus, iii B.C.), cf. PPetr.3p.72 (iii B.C.); σοζ[, i.e. σωζ[, occurs in IG12.590: [tense] fut. σώσω S.Ph. 1391
, Th.1.137, etc.; early [dialect] Att. σωῶ IG12.188.30
: [tense] pf. σέσωκα, also σέσῳκα, v. ἀνασῴζω:— [voice] Med., [tense] fut. σώσομαι E.Ba. 793
, ([etym.] ἐκ-) A.Pers. 360, ([etym.] δια-) X.Cyr.4.2.28: [tense] aor. ἐσωσάμην Ar.Ec. 402
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. σωθήσομαι Th.5.111
, Ar.Nu.77, Hp.Prog.1, etc.: [tense] aor. ἐσώθην Th.1.110
, al., SIG167.37 (Mylasa, iv B.C. ) ( ἐσώσθην only in Hsch.): [tense] pf. σέσωσμαι A.Th.
[ 821 ( 820) ], σέσωσται E.IT 607
, D.56.33, σεσώσμεθα S.Tr.83
, etc.; but σέσωται Pl.Criti. 109d
, cf. 110a, σεσωμένος PCair.Zen.331.8
(iii B.C.); said to be [dialect] Att. by Phot.; διασεσῳμένους is found in IG22.435.11 (after 336 B.C.) and διασεσῳμένοι in PCair.Zen.240.11 (iii B.C.); later σέσῳσται IG12(7).386.25
(Amorgos, iii B.C.).--The foll. forms are found in Hom. and dialects,

1 [tense] pres. part. σώζων Od.5.490
; [ per.] 3sg. ind. or opt. σώζει ([etym.] - οι) Hes.Op. 376 (v.l. for εἴη): [tense] pres. part. [voice] Pass. σωζόμενοι ([etym.] - ομένοισι) Thgn.68, 235 (s.v.l.).

2 from [full] σᾰόω, [ per.] 3sg. σαοῖ Thgn. 868
, Call.Del.22, etc.; [ per.] 3pl. σαοῦσι Tyrt.11.13
; [ per.] 2sg. imper. σάου h.Hom.13.3
, Call.Epigr.35 (as v.l.), etc.: [tense] fut. σαώσω Il.10.44
: [tense] aor. ἐσάωσα 21.611
, Pi.Fr. 231: [tense] aor. inf. [voice] Pass. σαωθῆναι Il.15.503
, Od.10.473; imper. σαωθήτω Il.17.228
; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἐσάωθεν Od.3.185
: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. σαώσομαι 21.309
.

3 from [full] σάωμι, [dialect] Aeol. [ per.] 2sg. σάως Alc.73
(fort. σάῳς); [ per.] 2sg. imper. σάω Od.13.230
, 17.595, Call. l.c., etc.: σάω as [ per.] 3sg.[tense] impf., Il.16.363, 21.238.

4 from [full] σώω, part. σώοντες Od.9.430
; [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf. σώεσκον Il.8.363
; σώετε, σώεσθαι, A.R.4.197, 2.610.

5 from [full] σόω, subj. σόῃς, -ῃ, -ωσι, Il.9.681, 424, 393 vulg., where Tyrannio ap.Hdn.Gr.2.66 reads σοῷς, σοῷ, σοῶσι; in 9.681 Aristarch. read both σαῷς and σοῷς; the forms σοῷς, σοῷ perh. arise from σαόω, by contraction and 'distraction': but σόωσι from σώωσι acc. to Hdn.Gr.l.c.; Hsch. cites also σόεις, σοῦται as = σώζεις, σώζεται.

6 [dialect] Lacon. [full] σωάδδει· παρατηρεῖ, Hsch.: but also [suff] σχολι-σοΐδδω, [tense] aor. ἀπέσοιξεν· ἀπέσωσεν, Λάκωνες, Id.

7 σωννύω, Dinol.5:—save, keep,

1 of persons, save from death, keep alive, σώοντες ἑταίρους Od.9.430
; ζωοὺς σάω Il.21.238
; ὄτ' ἄσφ' ἀπολλυμένοις σάως Alc.73
, cf. Th.1.91, X.An.3.1.38; πόδες καὶ γοῦνα σ. τινά Il.21.611
; νὺξ στρατὸν ς. 9.78; spare, Od.22.357:—[voice] Pass., to be saved, kept alive, preserved, opp. ἀπολέσθαι, Il.15.503, Od.3.185, etc.; ἀγαπητῶς σεσωσμένους Lys.16.16
; keep a whole skin, escape destruction, οἱ σωθησόμενοι Pl.Tht. 176d
; so in [tense] pres. σωζόμενος, Thgn.68, 235 (s.v.l.); to be healed, recover from sickness, Hp.Coac. 136, Is.1.10 (dub. l.); ὑγιαίνοντες καὶ σωζόμενοι IG22.1028.89
(i B.C.); σώζεο, as a wish, God bless you, farewell, Call.Del. 150, AP5.240 (Paul. Sil.), 9.372; σώζοισθε ib.171 (Pall.); also, save oneself, escape, σώθητι Pl.Cri. 44b
; μόγις or μόλις σῴζεσθαι escape with difficulty, Id.Ep. 332c, D.S.2.48, etc.; χαλεπῶς ς. Thgn.675.

b esp. in NT, of God or Christ, 1 Ep.Cor.1.21, etc.; σ. τὸ ἀπολωλός Ev.Luc.19.10
; σ. τὸν κόσμον Ev.Jo.12.47
:—freq. in [voice] Pass., to be saved or in a state of salvation, Ev.Matt.19.25, etc.; οἱ σῳζόμενοι Ev.Luc.13.23
, Act.Ap.2.47.

2 of things, keep safe, preserve, rare in Hom., σάω μὲν ταῦτα, σάω δ' ἐμέ Od.13.230
; σπέρμα πυρὸς σώζων 5.490
; πόλιν καὶ ἄστυ ς. Il.17.144; σαώσει Ἀργείους καὶ νῆας 10.44
, cf. 9.230: freq. in Trag. and [dialect] Att., σ. φάρμακον S.Tr. 686
; τὰ τόξα Id.Ph. 766
; τὰ σκεύη, παῖδας οἶκον χρήματα, καρπούς, Ar. Pax 730 (anap.), Av. 380 (troch.), 1062 (lyr.); τὰ πατρῷα, τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, Id.Th. 820 (lyr.), Th.1.70; σ. πόλιν preserve the city or the state, Hdt.8.34, A. Th. 749 (lyr.), S.Ant. 1058, Pl.R. 417a, cf. Grg. 512b, etc.; τὰ πράγματα Th.1.74
; τὴν Ἑλλάδα Ar.Lys. 525
(lyr.); τὰς πολιτείας, τὴν δημοκρατίαν, etc., Arist.Pol. 1309b15,36; τόνδε γὰρ [λόγον] σῴζων keeping it secret, A.Pr. 524, cf. S.OC 1530; σ. καιρόν save or recover an opportunity, D.19.6, cf. 23.4:—[voice] Med., keep or preserve for oneself, τὴν εὐλάβειαν S.El. 993
, cf. E.Alc. 146, etc.; αὐτὸς αὑτῷ σ. τι Ar.Ec. 402
, cf.Eq. 1017 (hex.):—[voice] Pass., τὸ ἄπραγμον οὐ σῴζεται is not secure, Th.2.63; ἡ.. πόλις οὐκ ἂν ἐσῴζετο; Ar.Ec. 219; to be preserved or extant, of books, Longin. ap. Porph.Plot.20, Gal.15.705, D.C.70.2.

3 keep, observe, maintain laws, etc., σ. ἐφετμάς A.Eu. 241
; τὸν παρόντα νοῦν Id.Pr. 394
; τοὺς καθεστῶτας νόμους S.Ant. 1114
, cf. Arist.VV 1250b17; τοὺς σοὺς λόγους E.Hel. 1552
; τὸ μόρσιμον ib. 613; τὰ πρὸς τοὺς κατοίκους δίκαια BGU562.19
(ii A.D.); confirm, τὸ τοῦ ποιήσαντος Arist.Mu. 400b24
, cf. Antig.Mir.45 ([voice] Pass.); πρὸς τὸ τὰ φαινόμενα σῴζειν to retain the observed facts, Procl.Hyp.5.10; κατὰ ποσὸν σῴζει τὴν πρὸς τὸ μῶλυ ἐμφέρειαν retains, i.e. does not lack, a certain resemblance to.., Dsc.3.46, cf. 98, Sor.Fasc.8:—[voice] Pass., to be maintained, τοῦ μήκους σῳζομένου Arist.Mete. 386a2
; ἐφ' ᾧ τοῖς θεοῖς τὰ ἱερὰ σωθήσεσθαι PHib.1.77.7
(iii B.C.).

4 keep in mind, remember, E.Hel. 266, Pl. R. 486c: more freq. in [voice] Med., παρῆκα θεσμῶν οὐδέν, ἀλλ' ἐσῳζόμην.. ὅπως δύσνιπτον ἐκ δέλτου γραφήν S.Tr. 682
, cf. El. 1257; μηδ' ἂ ἔμαθε σῴζοιτο Pl.R. 455b
; in full, μνήμην σῴζομαι στρατεύματος E.IA 302
(lyr.), cf. Pl.Grg. 501a, Tht. 163d.

II Constr.:

1 simply c. acc., v. supr.

2 with a sense of motion to a place, bring one safe to, τὸν δ' ἐσάωσεν ἐς ποταμοῦ προχοάς Od.5.452
; ἐς ὅμιλον Il.19.401
; πόλινδε 5.224
, etc.; ἐς οἴκους S.Ph. 311
; εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τὴν ἐπουράνιον 2 Ep.Ti.4.18
:—[voice] Pass., come safe to a place, σωθέντος ἐμεῦ ὀπίσω ἐς οἶκον Hdt.4.97
, cf. 9.104; πρὸς ἤπειρον σεσῶσθαι A.Pers. 737
; δεῦρο E.Ph. 725
; οἴκαδε X.HG1.6.7
; σῴζεσθαι ἐπὶ τὴν ὑμετέρην [χώρην] Hdt.5.98; ἐς δόμους σωθέντ' S.Tr. 611
; σωθῶμεν ἐπὶ θάλατταν X.An. 6.5.20
: c. dat. pers., μόλις ὔμμιν ἐσώθην Theoc.15.4
.

3 σ. τινὰ ἐκ φλοίσβοιο, ἐκ πολέμου, carry off safe, rescue from.., Il.5.469, 11.752; ἐκ ποταμοῖο 21.274
; ἐκ θανάτοιο Od.4.753
; ἐκ πολλῶν πόνων S.El. 1356
; ἀπὸ στρατείας A.Ag. 603
; διὰ δεινῶν πραγμάτων σεσωσμένοι X. An.5.5.8
: c. gen., σώσας ἐχθρῶν χθόνα having rescued it from them, S.Ant. 1162; σῶσαί τινα κακοῦ Id.Ph. 919
; σεαυτὸν νούσου Ath.Mitt. 56.124
([place name] Smyrna); σωθῆναι κακῶν E.Or. 779
.--Both constructions may be combined, σ. τινὰ ἐκ πολέμοιο νῆας ἔπι Il.17.452
; ἐκ π. μετὰ νῆας 12.123
; ἐξ Αἰγίνης δεῦρο Pl.Grg. 511d
.

4 c. acc. et dat. pers., save for another, υἷά τινι Od.4.765
; ἡμῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Prt. 356e
, etc.:— [voice] Pass., σῴζεταί τί τινι Ar. Pax 1022
, X.An.7.7.56.

5 c. inf., [σπονδαὶ] αἵ σε σῴζουσιν θανεῖν which save thee from dying, E.Ph. 600 (troch.).

6 c. part., σῴζεσθαι φεύγοντες by flight, X.Cyr.3.3.51.

7 abs., τὰ σώσοντα what is likely to save, D.6.5; ἡ σῴζουσα [ψῆφος] Luc.Harm.3.

b σώζων, ὁ, Saviour, of a god, JRS14.28 ([place name] Iconium); epith. of Apollo, CR19.368 ([place name] Sizma).

c σῴζουσα, ἡ, = ἀρτεμισία, Ps.-Dsc.3.113.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > σῴζω
74 παρά

πᾰρά [pron. full] [ρᾰ], [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also [full] παραί: shortd. [full] πάρ, in Hom., Lyr. (but rarely in Trag., in lyr. passages, A.Supp. 553, S.Tr. 636), and in all dial ects exc. [dialect] Att., GDI5434.8 ([place name] Paros), IG5(2).3.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), Inscr.Magn.26.28 (Thess.), etc.:—Prep. c. gen., dat., and acc., prop.

A beside: hence,

A WITH GEN. prop. denoting motion from the side of, from beside, from:

I of Place, πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν Il.13.744
; παρὰ ναῦφιν ἐλευσόμεθ' 12.225
, etc.; παρ' Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων.. ἐπερχομένη Od.22.197
; πὰρ νηῶν ἀπώσεται Il.8.533
, etc.; δῶρα π. νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν 19.194
; φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος π. μηροῦ 1.190
, cf. 21.173; σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος π. μηροῦ 16.473
; πλευρὰ παρ' ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη was exposed beside the shield, 4.468, cf. A.Th. 624.

II commonly of Persons,

1 with Verbs of going or coming, bringing, etc., ἦλθε.. πὰρ Διός Il.2.787
; παρ' Αἰήταο πλέουσα Od.12.70
, etc.; ἀγγελίη ἥκει π. βασιλέος Hdt.8.140
. ά; αὐτομολήσαντες π. βασιλέως X.An.1.7.13
; ἐξεληλυθὼς παρ' Ἀριστάρχου D.21.117
; ὁ π. τινὸς ἥκων his messenger, X.Cyr.4.5.53; so οἱ π. τινός Th.7.10
, Ev.Marc.3.21, etc.; ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν π. βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν X.An.1.1.5
, etc.; τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ' Ἡφαίστοιο from his workshop, Il.18.137, cf. 617, etc.; ἀπαγγέλλειν τι π. τινός X.An.2.1.20
; σὺ δὲ οἰμώζειν αὐτοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ λέγε Luc.DMort.1.2
.

2 issuing from a person, γίγνεσθαι π. τινός to be born from, Pl.Smp. 179b; λόγος (sc. ἐστί) π. Ἀθηναίων c. acc. et inf., Hdt.8.55: freq. following a Noun, δόξα ἡ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων glory from (given by) men, Pl.Phdr. 232a; ἡ π. τινὸς εὔνοια the favour from, i. e. of, any one, X.Mem.2.2.12; τὸ παρ' ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα done by me, Id.Cyr.5.5.13; τὰ π. τινός all that issues from any one, as commands, commissions, Id.An.2.3.4, etc.; or promises, gifts, presents, Id.Mem.3.11.13; τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ my opinions, Pl.Smp. 219a; παρ' ἑωυτοῦ διδούς giving from oneself, i. e. from one's own means, Hdt. 2.129, 8.5; παρ' ἑαυτοῦ προσετίθει X.HG6.1.3
; νόμον θὲς παρ' ἐμοῦ by my advice, Pl.Prt. 322d; αὐτοὶ παρ' αὑτῶν of themselves, Id.Tht. 150d, cf. Phdr. 235c.

3 with Verbs of receiving, obtaining, and the like , τυχεῖν τινος π. τινός Od.6.290
, 15.158; πὰρ δ' ἄρα μιν Ταφίων πρίατο 14.452
; ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν Pi.P.1.76
; εὑρέσθαι τι π. τῶν θεῶν Isoc.9.14
, cf. IG12.40.10; δέχεσθαι, λαμβάνειν, ἁρπάζειν π. τινός, Th.1.20, X.Oec.9.11, Hes.Th. 914; ἀντιάσαι, αἰτήσασθαι π. τινός, S.El. 870 (lyr.), X.HG3.1.4; ἀξιοῖ π. τοῦ ἰατροῦ φάρμακον πιὼν ἐξεμέσαι τὸ νόσημα Pl.R. 406d
; κόσμος τοῖς πράξασι γίγνεται π. τῶν ἀκουσάντων Id.Mx. 236e
: without Verb, ὁ καρπὸς ὁ π. τῶν δημάρχων IG12.76.27
: with Verbs of learning, etc., μεμαθηκέναι π. τινῶν Hdt.2.104
, etc.

4 with [voice] Pass. Verbs, πὰρ Διὸς.. μῆνις ἐτύχθη Il.15.122
; π. θεῶν ἡ τοιαύτη μανία δίδοται Pl.Phdr. 245c
, etc.; τὰ π. τῶν θεῶν σημαινόμενα, συμβουλευόμενα, X.Cyr.1.6.2; τὰ π. τινὸς λεγόμενα ib.6.1.42; τὰ π. τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα the presents of.., Isoc.4.26; με π. σοῦ σοφίας πληρωθήσεσθαι Pl.Smp. 175e
.

III rarely for παρά c. dat., by, near, πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.10.62
, 3.60; παρὰ δὲ κυανέων πελαγέων dub. l. in S.Ant. 966 (lyr.); τὸν Ῥειτὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἄστεως IG12.81.5
; πολλοὶ παρ' ἀμφοτέρων ἔπιπτον, = ἀμφοτέρωθεν, D.S.19.42.

IV π. τῆς συγχωρήσεώς τινος without his consent, BCH46.337 ([place name] Teos).

B WITH DAT. denoting rest by the side of any person or thing, answering the question where?

I of Places, κατ' ἂρ ἕζετ'.. πὰρ πυρί, ἔκειτο π. σηκῷ, Od.7.154, 9.319; νέμονται π. πέτρῃ 13.408
; ἑσταότες παρ ὄχεσφιν Il.8.565
; πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο at their feet, 14.411, etc.; π. θύρῃσι at the door, 7.346; π. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 2.773
; δεῖπνον.. εἵλοντο παρ' ὄχθῃσιν ποταμοῖο Od.6.97
, cf. Il.4.475, 20.53, etc.; κεῖσθαι παρ' Ἅιδῃ S.OT 972
; παρ' οἴνῳ over wine, ib. 780, etc.

II of persons, beside, πὰρ δὲ οἷ αὐτῷ εἷσε Θεοκλύμενον Od.15.285
; κεῖτο παρὰ μνηστῇ ἀλόχῳ Il.9.556
, cf. 6.246, etc.; παρ' ἀνδράσιν εὐνάζεσθαι Od.5.119
; δαίνυσθαι π. τινί 8.243
; πὰρ δέ οἱ ἑστήκει stood by him, Il.4.367.

2 at one's house or place, with one, μένειν π. τισί 9.427
; θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ἀνδρὶ παρ' ἀκλήρῳ Od.11.490
; φιλέεσθαι π. τινί Il.13.627
; παρ' ἑωυτοῖσι at their own house, Hdt.1.105, cf. 86; παιδευθῆναι π. τινί X.Cyr.1.2.15
; καταλύειν π. τινί D.18.82
(but παρά τινα καταλῦσαι Th.1.136
), etc.: hence οἱ παρ' ἐμοί those of my household, X.Mem.2.7.4, etc.; τὰ παρ' ἐμοί life with me, Id.An. 1.7.4; οἱ παρ' ἡμῖν ἄνθρωποι our people, Pl.Phd. 64b; ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν πολιτεία, ὁ παρ' ὑμῖν δῆμος, D.15.19; ὁ παρ' αὑτῷ βίοτος one's own life, S.OT 612; τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν πῦρ Pl.Phlb. 29f
; ὅσος παρ' ὑμῖν ὁ φθόνος φυλάσσεται S.OT 382
; τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα Pl.Phlb. 29f
; also, in one's hands, τὰ π. τοῖς Ἑλληνοταμίαις ὄντα IG12.91.6
; ἔχειν παρ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt. 1.130
, etc.; οὔπω παρ' ἐμοὶ τότ' ἦν λέγειν I had no right to speak then, Men.Epit.98.

3 before, in the presence of, ἤειδε π. μνηστῆρσιν Od. 1.154
; before a judge, δίκας γίγνεσθαι π. τῷ πολεμάρχῳ IG12.16.9
; π. Δαρείῳ κριτῇ Hdt.3.160
; π. τῷ βασιλέϊ Id.4.65
; παρὰ δικασταῖς Th. 1.73
; εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι τινὰ π. τισί D.18.13
: hence παρ' ἐμοί in my judgement, Hdt.1.32, cf. S.Tr. 589, E.Heracl. 881, 1 Ep.Cor.3.19; π. τούτῳ μέγα δυνήσεται with him, Pl.Grg. 510e.

4 in quoting authors, παρ' Ἐφόρῳ, παρ' Αἰσχίνῃ, π. Θουκυδίδῃ, in Ephorus, etc., Plb. 9.2.4, D.H.Comp.9,18.

III Arc., = π. c. gen., from, καθὰ εἶχον τὰς ἰντολὰς π. τᾷ ἰδίᾳ πόλι SIG559.9
(Megalop., iii B. C.), cf. 558.10 (Ithaca, iii B. C.).

C WITH ACCUS. in three main senses,

I beside, near, by,

II along,

III past, beyond.

I beside, near, by:

1 with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to, ἴτην π. νῆας Il.1.347
, cf. 8.220, etc.; βῆ.. π. θῖνα 1.34
, cf. 327, etc.; τρέψας πὰρ ποταμόν to the side of.., 21.603, cf. 3.187: more freq. of persons, εἶμι παρ' Ἥφαιστον to the chamber of H., 18.143, cf. Od.1.285, etc.; ἐσιόντες π. τοὺς φίλους Th.2.51
, etc.; φοιτᾶν π. τὸν Σωκράτη Pl.Phd. 59d
; πέμπειν ἀγγέλους, πρέσβεις π. τινά, Hdt. 1.141, Th.1.58, etc.; ἄγειν π. τινά Hdt.1.86
; καταφυγὴ π. φίλων τινάς Th.2.17
.

2 with Verbs of rest, beside, near, by, sts. with ref. to past motion (expressed in such phrases as ἧσο παρ' αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα Il.3.406
, cf. 11.577), ἔς ῥα θρόνους ἕζοντο παρ' Ἀτρεΐδην Μενέλαον Od.4.51
, cf. 13.372; κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ' ὄχθας lies stretched beside.., Il.4.487, cf. 12.381; παρ' ἔμ' ἵστασο come and stand by me, 11.314, cf. 592, 20.49, etc.; π. πυθμέν' ἐλαίης θῆκαν Od.13.122
; καταθέτω π. τὰ ἴκρια IG12.94.28
; κοιμήσαντο π. πρυμνήσια they lay down by.., Od.12.32, cf. 3.460; ὁ παρ' ἐμὲ καθήμενος Pl.Euthd. 271b
, cf. Phd. 89b; ἐκάθητο π. τὴν πύλην, π. τὴν ὁδόν, LXX Ge.19.1, Ev.Marc. 10.46; παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν καλέσαντα κατακείμενος δειπνῆσαι Thphr.Char. 21.2
, cf. Pl.Smp. 175c; ἐκαθέζετο π. τὸν Λύσιν Id.Ly. 211a
, cf. R. 328c; στὰς παρ' αὐτόν Id.Phd. 116c
; τέμενος νεμόμεσθα.. παρ' ὄχθας Il.12.313
, cf. 6.34, IG12.943.45; τοῦ Εὐρίπου, παρ' ὃν ᾤκει Aeschin.3.90
; κατελείφθη π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.4.87
; τὴν παρ' ἐμὲ ἐοῦσαν δύναμιν Id.8.140
.ά (v.l. ἐμοί) ; εἶπεν αὐτῷ μένειν παρ' ἑαυτόν X.Cyr.1.4.18
, cf. An.1.9.31, Ar.Fr. 451, Is.8.16, Alex.248, Demetr.Com. Nov.1.5, IG22.654.23 (iii B. C.), Plb.3.26.1, 11.14.3, 28.14.3; ἡ π. θάλασσαν Μακεδονία Th.2.99
, cf. S.El. 184 (lyr.), Tr. 636 (lyr.); Καρβασυανδῆς π. Καῦνον IG12.204.52
; τὸ κουρεῖον τὸ π. τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς Lys.23.3
, cf. And.1.62, Is.6.20, 8.35, Aeschin. 1.182, 3.88, Lycurg.112; τᾶς παστάδος τᾶς παρ' Ἀπόλλωνα IG42
(1).109 iii 146 (Epid.); παρ' ὄμμα before one's eyes, E.Supp. 484; π. πόδας on the spot, Phld.Ir.p.78 W., Rh.2.2 S.; immediately thereafter, Plb.1.7.5, 1.8.2, al.

b [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., and Thess., = supr. B. 11.2, at the house of.., with a person, IG7.3171.7 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), GDI 1717 (Delph.); παρ' ἁμὲ πολυτίματος [ὁ σῖτος] Ar.Ach. 759 (Megar.); τοῖς κατοικέντεσσι πὰρ ἀμμέ IG9(2).517.18
(Larissa, iii B. C.); τοῖ πὰρ ἀμμὲ πολιτεύματος ib.13; πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ Schwyzer 425.5
(Elis, iii/ii B. C.): so in [dialect] Att., θέμενος π. γυναῖκας depositing with.., Pl. R. 465c.

3 with Verbs of striking, wounding, etc., βάλε στῆθος π. μαζόν Il.4.480
, etc.; τὸν δ' ἕτερον.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξε 5.146
; τύψε κατὰ κληῗδα παρ' αὐχένα 21.117
, cf. 4.525, 8.325, etc.; αἰχμὴ δ' ἐξελύθη παρὰ νείατον ἀνθερεῶνα 5.293
, cf. 17.310; δησάμενος τελαμῶνι π. σφυρόν ib. 290.

4 with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with.., ὁ ἔλεγχος π. τὸν ἔλεγχον παραβαλλόμενος Pl.Grg. 475e
, cf. Hp.Mi. 369c, Smp. 214c, R. 348a; ἐξέτασον παρ' ἄλληλα τὰ σοὶ κἀμοὶ βεβιωμένα D.18.265
; ἄλλα παρ' ἄλλατιθέμενα.. τῶν χρωμάτων Arist.Mete. 375a24
.

b Geom., παραβάλλειν π. apply an area to (i. e. along) a finite straight line, Euc.1.44, Archim.Aequil.2.1; π. τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ γραμμὴν παρατείναντα Pl. Men. 87a
; ἡ [εὐθεῖα] παρ' ἣν δύνανται αἱ καταγόμεναι τεταγμένως the line to which are applied the squares of the or dinates, etc., Apollon. Perg.Con.1.11: hence,

c Arith., παραβάλλειν τι π. τι divide by.. (v. παραβάλλω A.
VII. 2); μερίζω τι π. τι Dioph.4.33
; ἐπὶ γ π. ί multiply by 3 and divide by 10, PLond.5.1718.2 (vi A. D.).

5 Geom., parallel to.., Democr.155, Arist. Top. 158b31, Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.12, al.

6 metaph. in Gramm., like, as a parody of.., π. τὸ Σοφόκλειον, π. τὰ ἐν Τεύκρῳ Σοφοκλέους, Sch.Ar.Av. 1240, Nu. 584.

b Gramm., of words which differ as compared with other words, π. τὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος ὄνομα σμικρὸν παρηγμένον ἐστίν.. [τὸ ἥρως] Pl.Cra. 398d, cf. 399a, Lg. 654a: hence, derived from.., π. τὸ ἔδαφος, δάπεδον, A.D. Pron.31.16; π. τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα Sch.A.R.2.624; σύγκειται [τὸ αὐθέντης] π. τὸ εἷναι.. καὶ π. τὸ αὐτός Phryn.PSp.24
B.

7 generally, of Comparison, alongside of, compared with, usu. implying superiority, δοκέοντες π. ταῦτα οὐδ' ἂν τοὺς σοφωτάτους ἀνθρώπων Αἰγυπτίους οὐδὲν ἐπεξευρεῖν Hdt.2.160
, cf. 7.20, 103; ἡλίου ἐκλείψεις αἳ πυκνότεραι π. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν χρόνου μνημονευόμενα ξυνέβησαν Th.1.23
, cf. 4.6; τῶν ἁπάντων ἀπερίοπτοί εἰσι π. τὸ νικᾶν Id.1.41
; π. τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὥσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιοτεύουσι X.Mem.1.4.14
; φαίνεται π. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν ἡδὺ καὶ π. τὸ ἡδὺ ἀλγεινὸν ἡ ἡσυχία Pl.R. 584a
, cf. Phdr. 236d, La. 183c, al.; εὐδαίμων μᾶλλον π. πάντας BCH26.332
([place name] Halae); προετέρει π. πάντας PSI 4.422.34
(iii B. C.): sts. implying inferiority or defect, ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους a little lower than the angels, LXX Ps. 8.6; μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὑστεροῦσι π. τὸν ἥλιον lag one day behind the sun, Gem.8.19; so perh. παρ' αὐτόν, ὑπὲρ αὐτόν (has passed the ball?) short of him, beyond him, Antiph.234; μέγα τοι ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη γνώμην ἐξ ὀργῆς μεταστῆσαι one day compared with another is important.., a day's delay makes a difference, Antipho 5.72; τί γὰρ παρ' ἦμαρ ἡμέρα τέρπειν ἔχει προσθεῖσα κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν; what joy has one day compared with another to offer, since it only brings us nearer to, or farther from, death (which is neither good nor evil)? S.Aj. 475; ὃς μὲν κρίνει (prefers) ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει (approves) πᾶσαν ἡμέραν Ep.Rom.14.5
.

8 with Verbs of estimating, to set at so and so much, hence π. = equivalent to.., ταρβῶ μὴ.. θῆται παρ' οὐδὲν τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς set at nought, E.IT 732, cf. A. Ag. 229 (lyr.); παρ' οὐδὲν ἄγειν S.Ant.35
; π. μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι or ποιεῖσθαί τι hold of small account, Isoc.5.79, D.61.51; παρ' ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαί τινα X.An.6.6.11
; so with εἶναι, etc., παρ' οὐδέν ἐστι are as nothing, S.OT 983, cf. Ant. 466; παρ' οὐδὲν αὐταῖς ἦν ἂν ὀλλύναι πόσεις E.Or. 569
; οὐ π. μέγα ἔσεσθαι τὸ πταῖσμα Arr.An.1.18.6
; so perh. π. σμικρὰ κεχώρηκε have turned out of little account, have amounted to little, Hdt.1.120.

b in Accountancy, without a verb, π. τὴν καταλλαγήν on account of κ., PHib.1.100.4 (iii B. C.).

9 of correspondence, ὀφείλειν στατῆρα π. στατῆρα stater for stater (one to each of two creditors), BCH50.214 (Thasos, v B. C.); πληγὴν π. πληγὴν ἑκάτερον Ar.Ra. 643
; συνεῖναι ἑκατέρῳ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν stayed day for day with each, D.59.46; hence of alternation, ποιεῖσθαι ἁγνείας καὶ θυσίας δύο π. δύο, of four priests acting two and two alternately, BGU1198.12 (i B. C.); τοῦ καθημερινοῦ ἢ μίαν π. μίαν (sc. ἡμέραν) [πυρετοῦ] quotidian or tertian fever, ib.956.3 (iii A. D.): sts. without doubling of the Noun, παρ' ἡμέρην, opp. καθ' ἡμέρην, tertian, opp. quotidian, Hp.Aph.1.12; καθ' ἡμέραν, παρ' ἡμέραν, π. δύο, π. τρεῖς every day, every second day, every third (fourth) day, Arr.Epict.2.18.13; π. μίαν every second day, Plb.3.110.4; παρ' ἐνιαυτόν every second year, Plu.Cleom.15; παρ' ἔτος year and year about, Arist.GA 757a7; every second year, Paus.8.15.2; π. μέρος by turns (v. μέρος II. 2); ὁ ἀνὰ μέρος παρ' ἓξ μῆνας ὑπὲρ γῆν τε καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν γινόμενος Ἄδωνις Corn. ND28
; π. μῆνα τρίτον every third month, Arist.HA 582b4, cf. Plu.2.942e; but π. τρία [ἔτεα] prob. every fourth year, IG5(2).422 ([place name] Phigalea), cf. Arr.Epict. l.c.; ἕνα παρ' ἕνα παραλειπτέον every second one, Nicom.Ar.1.18; ἕνα π. δύο ([etym.] τρεῖς) every third (fourth) one, ibid.; παρὰ δ' ἄλλαν ἄλλα μοῖρα διώκει now one now another, E.Heracl. 611.

10 precisely at the moment of, παρ' αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα flagrante delicto, D.18.13, 21.26; ἀποδώσω π. τὸν εὔθυνον τὸ καθῆκον IG12.188.31
; π. τοιοῦτον καιρόν, π. τὰς χρείας, D.20.41,46; π. τὰ δεινά in the midst of danger, Plu.Ant.63; π. τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν Jul.Or.1.10b
; π. τὴν πρώτην (sc. ἐπίθεσιν) at the first attack, Hld.9.2; π. γε τὴν πρώτην ὁρμήν Ael.NA14.10
.

b distributively, whether of Time, π. τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα in each complete period of seventy years, Hdt.1.32; ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις π. στάδια διακόσια.. τοῖς ἑκατὸν σταδίοις διήνεγκαν ἀλλήλων X.Oec.20.18
; πὰρ Ϝέτος each year, every year, Tab.Heracl. 1.101; π. τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον IG12(7).5.14
([place name] Amorgos); παρ' ἆμάρ τε καὶ νύκτα day and night, B.Fr.7; or more generally, πὰρ τὰν ἐλαίαν in respect of each olive plant, Tab.Heracl.1.122; παρ' ἡμέραν αἱ ἀμίαι πολὺ ἐπιδήλως αὐξάνονται from day to day, per day, Arist.HA 571a21; τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην βάσιν γινόμενον μικρὸν πολὺ γίνεται π. πολλάς Id.Pr. 881b26
; ἡ παρ' ἡμέραν χάρις D.8.70
; τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ Pl. Lg. 705a
.

c παρ' ἆμαρ on (this) day, to-day, τὸ μὲν πὰρ ἆμαρ, τὸ δέ .. to-day and to-morrow, Pi.P.11.63; but παρ' ἦμαρ to-morrow, S. OC 1455 (lyr.).

d throughout a period of time, π. τὴν ζόην Hdt. 7.46
; π. τὸν βίον ἅπαντα Pl.Lg. 733a
; π. πάντα τὸν χρόνον D.18.10
; also more loosely, during, π. τὴν πόσιν while they were drinking, Hdt.2.121.
δ; π. τὸν πότον Aeschin.2.156
; π. τὴν κύλικα Plu.Ant.24
; π. δεῖπνον or π. τὸ δεῖπνον, Id.2.737a,674f.

II along, ὄνος παρ' ἄρουραν ἰών Il.11.558
; βῆ δὲ θέειν π. τεῖχος 12.352
; π. ῥόον Ὠκεανοῖο ᾔομεν Od. 11.21
; ἔπλεον π. τὴν ἤπειρον Hdt.7.193
; π. πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν Isoc.4.148
; ὀρθὴν παρ' οἶμον.. τύμβον κατόψει straight along the road, E.Alc. 835; παρ' ὅλην τὴν φάραγγα Plb.10.30.3
; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χαράδραν παραπορευομένων ib.9; for παραβάλλειν π., v. supr. c. 1.4b.

2 strictly according to, without deviating from, εἶμι π. στάθμην ὀρθὴν ὁδόν Thgn. 945
, cf. S.Fr.474.5; ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ π. στάθμην, i.e. too strict, A.Ag. 1045; π. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀποφέρουσιν.. ἐπιδείξω I will prove to you strictly according to the accounts which they themselves submit, D.27.34.

III past, beyond, παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα.. ἐσσεύοντο Il.22.145
, cf. Od.3.172, 24.12; βῆ δὲ π. Κρουνούς h.Ap. 425
; π. τὴν Βαβυλῶνα παριέναι pass by Babylon, X.Cyr.5.2.29; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χύτραν ἄκραν ὁρῶντες looking over the edge of.., Ar.Av. 390.

2 metaph., over and above, in addition to, οὐκ ἔστι π. ταῦτ' ἄλλα Id.Nu. 698
; π. ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a
, cf.R. 337d, D.18.139, X.HG 1.5.5; ἑκὼν ἐπόνει π. τοὺς ἄλλους more than the others, Id.Ages.5.3, cf. Mem.4.4.1, Oec.20.16; ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν π. τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους Pl. Ion 539e
.

3 metaph., in excess over, πὰρ δύναμιν beyond one's strength, Il.13.787, cf. Th.1.70, Hyp.Lyc.16, Arist.Rh.Al. 1423b29; π. τὴν δ. Id.Po. 1451b38
.

4 metaph., in transgression or violation of, π. μοῖραν Od.14.509
; π. μοῖραν Δίος Alc.Supp. 14.10
; παρ' αἶσαν, παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.P.8.13, O.2.16, etc.; π. τὸ δίκαιον Th.5.90
, etc.; π. τὰς σπονδάς, τὸν νόμον, Id.1.67, X.HG1.7.14; π. φύσιν Th.6.17
, cf. Pl.Lg. 747b; π. τὴν στήλην prob. in IG12.45.20; π. καιρόν out of season, Pi.O.8.24, etc.; π. γνώμαν ib.12.10, cf. A.Supp. 454; π. δόξαν, π. τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, π. λόγον, Th.3.93, 1.84, Plb.2.38.5; παρ' ἐλπίδα or ἐλπίδας, A.Ag. 899, S.Ant. 392, etc.; πὰρ μέλος out of tune, Pi.N.7.69; π. τὴν ἀξίαν Th.7.77
, etc.; π. τὸ εἰωθός, τὸ καθεστηκός, Id.4.17, 1.98.

5 π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, = παρῆλθε τοσοῦτον κινδύνου, passed over so much ground within the sphere of danger, i.e. incurred such imminent peril, Id.3.49, cf. 7.2; in such phrases the tmesis was forgotten, and the acc. came to be governed by παρά, which thus came to mean 'by such and such a margin', ' with so much to spare', ἐνίκησαν π. πολύ, ἡσσηθέντες π. πολύ, Id.1.29, 2.89, cf. Pl. Ap. 36a; παρὰ δ' ὀλίγον ἀπέφυγες only just, E.IT 870 (lyr.); παρ' ὀλίγον ἢ διέφευγον ἢ ἀπώλλυντο Th.7.71
; δεινότατον π. πολύ by far, Ar.Pl. 445; παρ' ὅσον quatenus, Luc.Nec.17, etc.; π. δύο ψήφους ἀπέφυγε by two votes, Hyp.Eux.28, cf. D.23.205; π. τέτταρας ψήφους μετέσχε τῆς πόλεως Is.3.37
; π. τοσοῦτον ἐγένετο αὐτῷ μὴ περιπεσεῖν by so much (= little) he missed falling in with.., Th.8.33; π. πέντε ναῦς πλέον ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ ἢ τρεῖς ὀβολοὶ ὡμολογήθησαν ib.29; οὐ π. μικρὸν ἐποίησαν they made no little difference, Isoc.4.59.

b in phrases like π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, τοσοῦτον was sts. understood of the interval from danger, etc., and παρά came to mean 'by so much short of' (τὸ π. μικρὸν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a29
), within such and such a distance of, so near to, τὴν Ἠϊόνα π. νύκτα ἐγένετο (sc. αὐτῷ) λαβεῖν he was within one night of taking E., Th.4.106; π. μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν I came within a little of.., Isoc. 19.22, cf. Plb.1.43.7, Plu. Caes. 39; παρ' ἐλάχιστον ἦλθε.. ἀφελέσθαι was within an ace of taking away, Th.8.76; παρ' οὐδὲν μὲν ἦλθον ἀποκτεῖναι (were within a mere nothing, within an ace of killing him), ἐξεκήρυξαν δ' ἐκ πόλεως Aeschin. 3.258
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh. 14, Alex.62; π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε διαφυγεῖν so near he came to escaping, Luc.Cat.4; παρὰ ἓν πάλαισμα ἔδραμε νικᾶν Ὀλυμπιάδα Hdt.9.33
; παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14
, cf. 2.55.4, D.S.17.42: hence without ἐγένετο or ἐλθεῖν, π. μίαν μονάδα (less) by one, i.e. less one, Nicom.Ar.1.8; τεσσαράκοντα π. μίαν, = 39, 2 Ep.Cor.11.24; παρ' ἕνα τοσοῦτοι the same number less one, Plu. Publ.9; σύ μοι παρ' ἕνα ἥκεις ἄγων you have brought me one too few, Luc.Cat.4; δύναται π. δύο συλλαβὰς εἶναι τὸ καταληκτόν Heph.4.2
; τὰ ὁλοκόττινα ηὑρέθησαν π. ἑπτὰ κεράτια seven carats short, PMasp.70.2 (vi A. D.); πάντες παρ' ἕνα, πάντες παρ' ὀλίγους, all save one (a few), Plu.Cat.Mi.20, Ant.5; ἔτη δύο π. ἡμέρας δύο IG5(1).801
([place name] Laconia); of one Μάρκος, θηρίον εἶ π. γράμμα you are a bear ([etym.] ἄρκος) all but a letter, AP11.231 (Ammian.); ὡς π. τι καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀφανίσαι so that he all but (lit. less something) lost his sight, Vett.Val.228.6; π. τι βυθίζεσθαι v.l. in Ev.Luc.5.7; τὸ π. τοῦτο the figure less that, i.e. the remainder or difference, PTeb.99.10 (ii B. C.), cf. POxy.264.4 (i A. D.), PAmh.2.148.5 (v A. D.); hence of any difference whether of excess or defect, οὐδὲν π. τοῦτο ποιούμενοι τοὺς.. Λευκανούς τε καὶ τοὺς.. Σαυνίτας making no difference between.., Str.6.1.3, cf. 14.5.11, Plu.2.24c.

6 hence of the margin by which anything increases or decreases, and so of the cause according to which anything comes into existence or varies, τὸ εὖ π. μικρὸν διὰ πολλῶν ἀριθμῶν γίνεται Polyclit.2
(cf. μικρός III. 5 c); διαφέρει π. τὰς τῶν παθημάτων ἐναντιώσεις according to.., Arist.HA 486b5; μεταπίπτει π. τὰ κλίματα Gem. 5.29
, cf. 11.5, al.; π. τὰ πράγματα cj. in Apollod.Car.11.

7 more generally of the margin by which an event occurs, i.e. of the necessary and sufficient cause or motive (τὸ μὴ π. τοῦτο γίνεσθαι τότε λέγομεν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τούτου μηδὲν ἧττον περαίνηται ὁ συλλογισμός Arist.APr. 65b6
, cf. 48a24, al.), κεινὰν π. δίαιταν just for the sake of unsatisfying food, Pi.O.2.65; ἕκαστος οὐ π. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν οἴεται βλάψειν each thinks that his own negligence will not suffice to cause injury, Th.1.141, cf. Isoc.3.48; π. τὴν αὑτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν all through his own fault, Antipho 3.4.5, cf. Isoc.6.52, D.4.11, 18.232; πολλὰ.. ἐστιν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρ' ἓν οὐδὲ δύ' εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματ' ἀφῖκται not from one or two causes only, Id.9.2; οὐ π. τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι it does not follow that it is not.., 1 Ep.Cor.12.15; π. τὸ τὴν ἀρίθμησιν ποιήσασθαι ἐξ ἑτοίμου τοὺς ἐργώνας οὐκ ὀλίγα χρήματα περιεποίησε τῇ πόλει by the simple fact of prompt payment, IPE12.32B35 (Olbia, iii B. C.); οὐδὲν ἂν παρ' ἕνα ἄνθρωπον ἐγένετο τούτων Lycurg.63
, cf. Plb.3.103.2, 18.28.6, al.; οὐδεὶς παρ' ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς thanks to himself alone, Aristeas 224; παρ' αὑτὸν ἀτυχεῖ Arr.Epict.3.24.2
, cf. Phld.Rh.2.16 S.; παρ' ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόστασις Hierocl. in CA25p.477M.
; εἶναι π. τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον, i.e. on this depends.., Pl.Lg. 715d, cf. X.Eq.Mag.1.5, D.C.Fr.36.5; π. μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπόλλυται προκοπὴ καὶ σῴζεται Epict.Ench.51.2
; π. τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι just because I am a Greek, UPZ7.13 (ii B. C.); π. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν αὐτήν LXX Ge.29.20
, cf. Ex.14.11; later more loosely, because of.., Phld.Rh.1.158 S., Gem.6.24, etc.; οὐδὲν π. σὲ γέγονε it is no fault of yours, PRyl.243.6 (ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1420.7 (ii A. D.).

8 of a limit of possibility, εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο π. τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς D.18.239
; πεῖσαι τό γε παρ' αὑτόν to persuade (the judges) so far as in you lies, Arr.Epict.2.2.20; οἴμωζε παρ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, for all I care, Ar.Av. 846.

D POSITION: παρά may follow its Subst. in all three cases, but then becomes by anastrophe πάρα: when the ult. is elided, the practice varies, τῇσι παρ' Il.18.400
; but Ἡφαίστοιο πάρ' ib. 191.

E παρά abs., as ADV., near, together, Il.1.611, al., E.IA 201 (lyr.).

F πάρα (with anastrophe) stands for πάρεστι and πάρεισι, Il.1.174, Hes.Op. 454, A.Pers. 167, Hdt.1.42, al., S.El. 285, Ar.Ach. 862, etc.

G IN COMPOS.,

I alongside of, beside, of rest, παράκειμαι, παράλληλοι, παρέζομαι, πάρειμι (εἰμί), παρίστημι; of motion, παραπλέω, πάρειμι ([etym.] εἶμι).

II to the side of, to, παραδίδωμι, παρέχω.

III to one side of, by, past, παρέρχομαι, παροίχομαι, παραπέμπω, παρακμάζω, παρατρέχω.

IV metaph.,

1 aside or beyond, i.e. amiss, wrong, παραβαίνω, παράγω, παροράω, παρορκέω, παρακούω, παραγιγνώσκω.

2 of comparison, as in παραβάλλω, παρατίθημι.

3 of alteration or change, as in παραλλάσσω, παραπείθω, παραπλάσσω, παρατεκταίνω, παραυδάω, παράφημι.

4 of a side-issue, παραπόλλυμι. (Cogn. with Goth. faúr 'along', Lat. por-.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > παρά
75 σύν

σύν [pron. full] [ῠ], old [dialect] Att. [full] ξύν; [dialect] Boeot. [full] σούν IG7.3171.39 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot., iii B.C.): Prep. with dat. (rarely c. gen., σ. τῶν ἐν αὺτῷ νεκρῶν Mitteis Chr.129.23 (ii B.C.);

A σ. ἡρώων IPE2.383
([place name] Phanagoria); σ. γυναικός ib.301 ([place name] Panticapaeum), cf. Ostr.240.5 (ii A.D.), PLond.1.113 iv 19 (vi A.D.)):—with. The form ξύν rarely occurs in Hom., though it is not rare in compds. even when not required by the metre, as in ξυνέαξα, ξυνοχῇσιν, ξύμβλητο, ξύμπαντα; Hes. also uses ξύμπας, ξυνιέναι; in [dialect] Ion. verse we find ξύν Thgn.1063
(but σύν Id.50
), Sol. 19.3 (perh. old Attic), but σύν Archil.4
, cf. ξυνωνίη, συνίημι; in early [dialect] Ion. Prose (including Inscrr., cf. SIG1.2 (Abu Simbel, vi B.C.), 167.37 (Mylasa, iv B.C.), etc.) ξύν is only found in ξυνίημι Heraclit.51
, Democr.95 (cf. ἀξύνετος, ἀξυνεσίη, ξύνεσις), and in the phrase ξὺν νῷ ( νόῳ codd.) Heraclit.114, Democr.35; Hdt. has only σύν, and in codd. Hp. ξύν has weaker authority than σύν (i p.cxxv Kuehlewein); in the late Ionic of Aret., ξύν prevails over σύν; in [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. it is rare, ξυνοίκην Sapph.75
; ξυναλίαξε Ar.Lys.93
; elsewh. [dialect] Dor. σύν, Leg.Gort. 5.6, IG9(1).334.47 ([dialect] Locr., v B.C.), etc.; but in old [dialect] Att. Inscrr. ξύν is the only form up to 500 B.C.; σύν appears in v B.C. and becomes usual towards the end; after 378 B.C. ξύν survives only in the formula γνώμην δὲ ξυμβάλλεσθαι κτλ.; the phrase ξὺν νῷ is found in Ar.Nu. 580, Pl.Cri. 48c, Men. 88b, R. 619b ( σὺν E.Or. 909
); otherwise, of [dialect] Att. Prose writers Th. alone uses the preposition ξύν, Antipho and Lysias have ξυν- a few times in compds.; codd. Pl. have both ξυν- (Lg. 930a, al.) and συν-; in Antipho Soph.Oxy.1364, Aristox., Arr., Ael., and Anon.Rhythm. ξυν- is very freq.; in Trag. both forms occur. The Prep. σύν gradually gave way to μετά with gen., so that whereas A. has 67 examples of σύν to 8 of μετά with gen., the proportions in Th. are 400 of μετά to 37 of σύν, in D. 346 of μετά to 15 of σύν, and in Arist. 300 of μετά to 8 of σύν: for these and other statistics see C. J. T. Mommsen, Beiträge zur Lehre von den griechischen Präpositionen (Frankfurt 1886-95): in [dialect] Att. Prose and Com. σύν is restricted for the most part to signf. 8, 9 and a few phrases, such as σὺν θεῷ, σὺν (τοῖς) ὅπλοις; Xenophon uses it freely, having 556 examples to 275 of μετά; in Pap., NT, and later Prose its use is much less restricted (v. infr.).

1 in company with, together with, δεῦρό ποτ' ἤλυθε.. σ. Μενελάῳ Il.3.206
; ξ. παιδὶ.. πύργῳ ἐφεστήκει 6.372
; σ. τοῖσδε ὑπέκφυγον Od.9.286
; καταφθίσθαι σ. ἐκείνῳ 2.183
; ἀπελαύνειν σ. τῷ στρατῷ Hdt.8.101
; ἐπαιδεύετο σ. τῷ ἀδελφῷ X.An.1.9.2
; σ. αὐτῷ σταυροῦσι δύο λῃστάς Ev.Marc.15.27
; οὐδένα ἔχω σ. ἐμοί PSI10.1161.12
(iv A.D.).

2 with collat. notion of help or aid, σ. θεῷ with God's help or blessing, as God wills, Il.9.49; σ. σοί, πότνα θεά Od.13.391
; πέμψον δέ με σ. γε θεοῖσιν Il.24.430
, cf. 15.26; σ. θεῷ φυτευθεὶς ὄλβος Pi.N.8.17
; σ. θεῷ εἰρημένον spoken as by inspiration, Hdt.1.86; σ. θεῷ δ' εἰρήσεται Ar.Pl. 114
; σ. θεῷ εἰπεῖν Pl.Tht. 151b
, Prt. 317b; ξ. θεοῖς Th.1.86
; so σ. δαίμονι, σ. Ἀθήνῃ καὶ Διί, Il.11.792, 20.192; σ. Χαρίτεσσιν Pi.N.9.54
, cf. P.9.2; ξ. τῷ θεῷ πᾶς καὶ γελᾷ κὠδύρεται S.Aj. 383
; also θεοῦ σ. παλάμᾳ, σ. θεοῦ τύχᾳ, Pi.O.10(11).21, N.6.24: generally, of personal cooperation, σ. σοὶ φραζέσθω let him consult with you, Il.9.346; λοχησάμενος σ. ἑταίρῳ Od.13.268
; ξ. τῇ βουλῇ in consultation with the Council, IG12.63.17; σ. τινὶ μάχεσθαι fight at his side, X.Cyr.5.3.5, cf. HG4.1.34; σ. τινὶ εἶναι or γίγνεσθαι to be with another, i.e.on his side, of his party, Id.An.3.1.21, Smp.5.10; οἱ σ. αὐτῷ his friends, followers, Id.An.1.2.15, cf. Act.Ap.14.4, etc.

3 furnished with, endued with, σ. μεγάλῃ ἀρετῇ ἐκτήσω ἄκοιτιν Od.24.193
; πόλιν θεοδμάτῳ σ. ἐλευθερίᾳ ἔκτισσε Pi.P.1.61
.

4 of things that belong, or are attached, to a person, σ. νηΐ or σ. νηυσί, i.e. on board ship, Il.1.389, 179, etc.; σ. νηυσὶν ἀλαπάξαι, opp. πεζός, 9.328 (so in Prose, σ. ναυσὶ προσπλεῖν X.HG2.2.7
, etc.); σ. ἵπποισιν καὶ ὄχεσφιν Il.5.219
; esp. of arms, μιν κατέκηε σ. ἔντεσι 6.418
; στῆ δ' εὐρὰξ σ. δουρί 15.541
; ἀντιβίην or ἀντίβιον σ. ἔντεσι or σ. τεύχεσι πειρηθῆναι, 5.220, 11.386; σ. ἔντεσι μάρνασθαι 13.719
; σκῆπτρον, σ. τῷ ἔβη 2.47
; ἄγγελος ἦλθε.. σ. ἀγγελίῃ ib. 787; ς. (or ξ.) ὅπλοις Th.2.2
, al., Pl.Lg. 947c, Aen.Tact.17.1; ς. (or ξ.) τοῖς ὅπλοις Th.2.90
, 4.14, Hell.Oxy. 10.1, Pl.Lg. 763a, Aen.Tact.11.8; σ. ἐγχειριδίοις Hell.Oxy.10.2
; ξ. ξιφιδίῳ καὶ θώρακι Th.3.22
; ξ. ἑνὶ ἱματίῳ Id.2.70
; in some such cases ς. is little more than expletive, as σ. τεύχεσι θωρηχθέντες ll.8.530, etc.: with αὐτός (cf. αὐτός 1.5
), chiefly in Hom., ἀνόρουσεν αὐτῇ σ. φόρμιγγι Il.9.194
, cf. 14.498; αὐτῷ σ. τε λίνῳ καὶ ῥήγεϊ Od.13.118
.

5 of things accompanying, or of concurrent circumstances, ἄνεμος σ. λαίλαπι Il.17.57
, cf. Od.12.408; of coincidence in time, ἄκρᾳ σ. ἑσπέρᾳ Pi.P.11.10
; καιρῷ σ. ἀτρεκεῖ ib.8.7; σ. τῷ Χρόνῳ προϊόντι X.Cyr.8.7.6
; in the course of, κείνῳ σ. ἄματι B.10.23
, cf. 125, Pi.Fr. 123.

6 of necessary connexion or consequence, σὺν μεγάλῳ ἀποτεῖσαι to pay with a great loss, i.e. suffer greatly, Il.4.161; δημοσίῳ σ. κακῷ with loss to the public, Thgn.50; σ. τῷ σῷ ἀγαθῷ to your advantage, X.Cyr.3.1.15; ὤλοντο.. σὺν μιάς ματι with pollution, S.Ant. 172; to denote agreement, in accordance with, σ. τῷ δικαίῳ καὶ καλῷ X.An.2.6.18
; σ. δίκᾳ Pi.P.9.96
; σ. κόσμῳ Hdt.8.86
, Arist.Mu. 398b23; σ. τάχει S.El. 872
, etc.

7 of the instrument or means, with the help of, by means of, σ. ἐλαίῳ φαρμακώσαισα Pi.P.4.221
; διήλλαχθε σ. σιδάρῳ A.Th. 885
(lyr.); πλοῦτον ἐκτήσω ξ. αἰχμῇ Id.Pers. 755
(troch.); ἡ [τῶν φίλων] κτῆσίς ἐστιν οὐδαμῶς σ. τῇ βίᾳ X.Cyr.8.7.13
; ξ. ἐπαίνῳ Th.1.84
.

8 including, κεφάλαιον σ. ἐπωνίοις IG12.329.5
, cf. 22.1388.85, 1407.12, al.; τοῦ Πειραιῶς ξ. Μουνυχίᾳ Th.2.13
, cf. 4.124, 5.26, 74, 7.42, 8.90, 95; δισχίλιαι γάρ εἰσι (sc. δραχμαὶ) σ. ταῖς Νικίου Ar.Fr. 100
; ἀνήλωσα σ. τῇ τῆς σκευῆς ἀναθέσει ἑκκαίδεκα μνᾶς Lys.21.4
, cf. 2; αἶγας ἀπέδοτο σ. τῷ αἰπόλῳ τριῶν καὶ δέκα μνῶν Is.6.33
, cf. 8.8,35, 11.42,46, Aeschin. 2.162, D.19.155, 27.23,al., Arist.HA 525b15,17, Ath.19.6, Hipparch. 1.1.9, al., PSI10.1124.14 (ii A.D.).

9 excluding, apart from, plus, ἓξ ἐμοὶ σ. ἑβδόμῳ six with (but not including) me the seventh, A. Th. 283; αἱ γὰρ καμπαὶ τέτταρες, ἢ δύο σ. τοῖς πτερυγίοις Arist.HA 490a32
; σ. τοῖς ἀρχαίοις τὸν οἶκον ἐκ τῶν προσόδων μείζω ποιῆσαι D. 27.61
;
τὴν ἐφαπτίδα σ. τῇ σακκοπήρᾳ ἐν ᾗ ἐνῆν
together with.., PEnteux.32.7
, cf. 89.9 (iii B.C.); οἱ γραμματεῖς σ. τοῖς πρεσβυτέροις Ev.Luc.20.1
, cf. Ep.Gal.5.24.

B POSITION:— σύν sts. follows its case, Il.10.19, Od.9.332, 15.410. It freq. stands between Adj. and Subst., as Od.11.359, Il.9.194, etc.; more rarely between Subst. and Adj., Od.13.258, Pi.P. 8.7.

2 freq. in tmesis in Hom., as Il.23.687, Od.14.296, etc.

3 in late Gr. σὺν καὶ c. dat., στεφανηφορήσας σ. καὶ Αὐρ. Ἰάσονι IG12(7).259
(Amorgos, iii A.D.), cf. Supp.Epigr.4.535 (Ephesus, ii/iii A.D.), Rev.Phil.50.11 (Sardis, i/iii A.D.), CPR26.16 (ii A.D.); cf. infr. c. 2.

C σύν AS ADV., together, at once, κενεὰς σ. Χεῖρας ἔχοντες Od.10.42
; mostly folld. by δέ or τε, σ. δὲ πτερὰ πυκνὰ λίασθεν Il.23.879
; σ. τε δύ' ἐρχομένω 10.224
(cf. σύνδυο) ; ξ. τε διπλοῖ βασιλῆς S.Aj. 960
(lyr.). It is sts. hard to distinguish this from tmesis, e.g. in Il.23.879; so ξὺν κακῶς ποιεῖν is = Ξυγκακοποιεῖν in Th.3.13. In Old Testament Gr. it is sts. used to translate the Hebr. 'ēth (particle prefixed to the definite accus.) through confusion with the Prep. 'ēth 'with', ἐμίσησα σὺν τὴν ζωήν LXXEc.2.17
; οὐκ ἐμνήσθη σ. τοῦ ἀνδρός ib.9.15; ἔκτισεν ὁ θεὸς σὺν τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ σὺν τὴν γῆν Aq.Ge.1.1
, etc.

2 besides, also, σ. δὲ πλουτίζειν ἐμέ A.Ag. 586
; σ. δ' αὔτως ἐγώ S.Ant. 85
, etc.; σ. δ' ἐγὼ παρών Id.Aj. 1288
, cf. El. 299; Δίρκα τε.. σ. τ' Ἀσωπιάδες κόραι E.HF 785
(lyr.); in later Poetry σ. καί A.R.1.74
, Herod.4.3, Nic.Th.8, D.P.843 (also in late Prose, Ath.2.49a; cf. supr. B. 3).

D IN COMPOS.

I with, along with, together, at the same time, hence of any kind of union, connexion, or participation in a thing, and metaph. of agreement or unity. In Compos. with a trans. Verb σύν may refer to the Object as well as the Subject, as συγκατακτείνειν may mean kill one person as well as another, or, join with another in killing.

2 of the completion of an action, altogether, completely, as in συνάγνυμι, συνασκέω 2
, συνθρύπτω, συγκόπτω, συμπατέω, συμπληρόω, συντελέω, συντέμνω; sts., therefore, it seems only to strengthen the force of the simple word.

3 joined with numerals, σύνδυο two together, which sense often becomes distributive, by twos, two and two; so σύντρεις, σύμπεντε, etc., like Lat. bini, terni, etc.

II σύν in Compos., before β μ π φ ψ, becomes συμ-; before γ κ ξ Χ, συγ-; before λ συλ-; before ς usu. συς-; but becomes συ- before ς followed by a conson. (e.g. συστῆναι), before ζ, and perh. sts. before ξ. In a poet. passage, ap.Pl.Phdr. 237a, we have ξύμ alone in tmesi, ξύμ μοι λάβεσθε for συλλάβεσθέ μοι; cf. ὅτε ξὺμ πρῶτ' ἐφύοντο Emp.95
: in Inscrr. and Papyri these assimilations are freq. not found.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > σύν
76 χείρ

χείρ, ἡ, χειρός, χειρί, χεῖρα, dual χεῖρε, χεροῖν, pl. χεῖρες, χερῶν, χεῖρας, penult. being regularly short, when the ult. is long; dat. pl. regularly χερσί ( χειρσί occurs in cod.Vat. of LXX, as Jd.7.19, 1 Ch.5.10, and late Inscrr. as CIG2811

A b.10 ([place name] Aphrodisias), 2942c ([place name] Tralles): but Poets used the penult. long or short in all cases, as the verse required, χερός, χερί, χέρα, χέρε, χέρες, χέρας (of which Hom. uses only χερί; χέρα h.Pan.40
); gen. dual χειροῖν S.El. 206
(lyr.), 1394 (lyr.), IG22.1498.76; gen. pl. χειρῶν ib.31, common in Prose.—Poet. forms, dat. pl. χείρεσι ([etym.] ν ) once in Hom., Il.20.468, also Q.S.2.401, 5.469 (v.l.); χείρεσσι Il.12.382
, Pi.O.10(11).62, S.Ant. 976 (lyr.), 1297 (lyr.), and once in trim., E.Alc. 756; χέρεσσι ([etym.] ν) Hes.Th. 519, 747, B.17.49; χερέεσσιν AJA36.460
([place name] Galatia):—[dialect] Dor. nom. [full] χέρς Timocr.9; [full] χήρ Sophr. in PSI11.1214a3 (also, = δίψακος, Ps.-Dsc.3.11); gen. χηρός Alcm.32
, IG42(1).121.22 (Epid., iv B. C.); acc. pl. χῆρας ib.96, [dialect] Aeol. χέρρας Alc.Supp.4.21
, Theoc.28.9.—On the accent and declension of these forms, v. Hdn.Gr.2.277, 748:— the hand, whether closed, παχεῖα Il.3.376
; βαρεῖα 11.235
, al.; or open, flat, χερσὶ καταπρηνέσσι, χειρὶ καταπρηνεῖ, 15.114, Od.13.164, al.; εἰς τὴν χ. ἐγχεάμενοί τι X.Cyr.1.3.9
: freq. in pl. where a single hand is meant, Il.23.384, etc.; reversely, sg. where more than one hand is spoken of, e.g. Od.3.37, etc.; dual joined with pl., ἄμφω χεῖρας 8.135
; χεῖρε ἀμφοτέρας Il.21.115
.

2 hand and arm, arm (cf. Ruf.Onom.11,82, Gal.2.347), πῆχυν χειρὸς δεξιτερῆς Il.21.166
; κατὰ χεῖρα μέσην ἀγκῶνος ἔνερθε 11.252
; χεῖρες ἀπ' ὤμων ἀΐσσοντο Hes.Th. 150
; χ. εἰς ὤμους γυμναί Longus 1.4
; ἐν χερσὶ γυναικῶν πεσέειν into the arms, Il.6.81, etc.: hence, words are added to denote the hand as distinct from the arm, ἄκρην οὔτασε χεῖρα 5.336
; περὶ ἄκραις ταῖς χ. χειρῖδας ἔχουσι X.Cyr.8.8.17
, cf. Pl. Prt. 352a.

3 of the hand or paw of animals, ὅσα [ζῷα] χεῖρας ἔχει X.Mem.1.4.14
; πορεύεσθαι ἐπὶ χειρῶν go on all fours. LXX Le.11.27; so of monkeys, Arist.HA 502b3; of the fore-paws of the hyena, Id.Fr. 369; of the bear, Plu.2.919a.

II Special usages:

1 to denote position, ποτέρας τῆς χερός; on which hand? E.Cyc. 681; ἐπὶ δεξιὰ χειρός Pi.P.6.19
; ἐπ' ἀριστερὰ χειρός Od.5.277
; χειρὸς εἰς τὰ δεξιά S.Fr. 598
; λαιᾶς χειρός A.Pr. 714
(but χείρ is often omitted with δεξιά, ἀριστερά, as we say the right, the left).

2 freq. in dat. of all numbers with Verbs which imply the use of hands, λάβε χειρί, χερσὶν ἑλέσθαι, Il.5.302, 10.501; χερσὶν ἀσπάζεσθαι Od.3.35
; προκαλίζεσθαι 18.20
; χειρί, χεροῖν ψαῦσαι, S.OT 1510, 1466: sts. this dat. is added pleon. by way of emphasis, ὄνυξι συλλαβὼν χερί Id.Aj. 310
.

3 gen., by the hand, χειρὸς ἔχειν τινά Il.4.154
; χειρὸς ἑλών 1.323
, etc.; γέροντα δὲ χειρὸς ἀνίστη he raised him by the hand, 24.515, cf. Od.14.319; χερὶ χειρὸς ἑλών Pi.P.9.122
; τινὰ χειρός ἑλκειν Id.N.11.32
; ἀνέλκειν τινὰ τῆς χ. Ar.V. 569
(anap.).

4 the acc. is used when one takes the hand of a person, χεῖρα γέροντος ἑλών Il. 24.361
; χεῖρ' ἕλε δεξιτερήν Od.1.121
; χεῖράς τ' ἀλλήλων λαβέτην, in pledge of good faith, Il.6.233; so ἔμβαλλε χ. δεξιὰν πρώτιστά μοι S.Tr. 1181
; also ἔμβαλλε χειρὸς πίστιν Id.Ph. 813
, cf. OC 1632.

5 other uses of the acc.:

a in prayer or entreaty, χεῖρας ἀνασχεῖν [θεοῖς] Il.3.275, etc.; ποτὶ γούνασι χεῖρας βάλλειν Od.6.310
; ἀμφὶ.. Ἀρήτης βάλε γούνασι χεῖρας Ὀδυσσεύς 7.142
; ἀμφὶ δὲ χεῖρας δειρῇ βάλλ' Ὀδυσῆϊ 23.207
; ἀμφί τινι χεῖρε β. 21.223
; περίβαλε δὲ χέρας Ar.Th. 914
, cf. A.Ag. 1559 (anap.); χεῖρας προΐσχεσθαι Th.3.58
, 66; so also χεῖρας ἀείρων Od.11.423
, cf. Il.7.130 (tm.); χ. ἀνατείνειν (v. ἀνατείνω 1.1
).

b τὰς χεῖρας αἴρειν to hold up hands in token of assent or choice, of persons voting, Ar.Ec. 264; τὴν χ. αἴρειν And.3.41
; ὅτῳ δοκεῖ ταῦτα, ἀράτω τὴν χ. X.An.5.6.33
, cf. 7.3.6; ἀνατεινάτω τὴν χ. ib.3.2.9, 33; χεῖρας ὀρεγνύς Il.22.37
; χεῖρ' ὀρέγων εἰς οὐρανόν 15.371
; χεῖρας ὀ. τινί Od.12.257
; πρός τινα Pi. P.4.240
; ποτὶ στόμα χεῖρ' ὀρέγεσθαι Il.24.506
(but χεῖρά τισι ὀ. to reach them one's hand in help, X.HG5.2.17); also χεῖρε ἑτάροισι πετάσσας Il.4.523
, etc.; πιτνὰς εἰς ἐμὲ χεῖρας Od.11.392
(but χεῖρε πετάσσας abs., of one swimming, etc., 5.374, al.).

c [Ἰλίου] χεῖρα ἑὴν ὑπερέσχε held the hand over

I as a protector, Il.9.420, etc.: less freq. τισι, 4.249, cf. 5.433; χεῖρά θ' ὕπερθεν ἔχεις IG14.1003.10
([place name] Rome).

d in hostile sense, χεῖρας or χεῖρα ἐπιφέρειν τινί, Il.1.89, 19.261, al.; χεῖρας ἐφιέναι τινί 1.567
, Od.1.254, al.; χεῖρας ἐπιβάλλειν τισί Plb.3.2.8
, etc.; χέρα τινὶ προσενεγκεῖν Pi.P.9.36
; χεῖρας ἐπί τινι ἰάλλειν, v. ἰάλλω 1.1.

e χεῖρας ἀπέχειν keep hands off, λοιμοῖο βαρείας χεῖρας ἀφέξει Il.1.97
codd.; κερτομίας δέ τοι.. καὶ χεῖρας ἀφέξω.. μνηστήρων Od.20.263
; ἀθανάτων ἀπέχειν χέρας A.Eu. 350
(lyr.); τὼ χεῖρε ἀπέχεται Pl.Smp. 213d
; παύειν χεῖράς τινος Il.21.294
.

f χεῖρας ἐπιτιθέναι τινί, in token of consecration, 1 Ep.Ti.5.22, etc.

6 with Preps.:

a ἀνὰ χεῖρας ἔχειν τινάς to be intimate with.., Plb.21.6.5; αἱ ἀνὰ χεῖρά τινων ὁμιλίαι S.E.M.1.64
; τὰ ἀνὰ χεῖρα πράγματα the matters in hand, Plu.2.614b, etc. (also οἱ ἀνὰ χ. χρόνοι the current period, PRyl.88.21 (ii A. D.); τὰ ἀνὰ χ. what comes his way, Ps.-Ptol.Centil.18; ἀνὰ χ. τῆς πύλης hard by.., LXX 2 Ki.15.2.

b ἀπὸ χειρὸς λογίσασθαι to reckon off-hand, roughly, Ar.V. 656 (anap.), cf. Luc.Hist.Conscr.29: but πότισον τὴν γῆν ἀπὸ χειρός by hand, PCair.Zen.155 (iii B. C.).

c διὰ χερῶν ἔχειν, λαβεῖν, literally, to have or take between the hands, A.Supp. 193, S.Ant. 916; διὰ χειρὸς ἔχειν to hold in the hand, ib. 1258 (anap.), Ar.V. 597 (anap.); to have in hand, i. e. under control, Th.2.76; διὰ χειρῶν ἔχειν τὴν πολιτείαν Arist.Pol. 1308a27
; τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων keep under control, Th.2.13: later, to have a work in hand, be engaged in it, Phld.Acad.Ind.p.69M. ([etym.] χερός), D.H.Isoc.4; τὰ ὅπλα Plu.Cor.2
, etc. (also διὰ χ. by direct payment, opp. διὰ τῆς τραπέζης by banker's order, BGU1156.8 (i B. C.), etc.; cf. διὰ χ. ἔσπευδε τὴν πρᾶσιν Charito 1.12
); of arms, διὰ χειρὸς εἶναι Luc.Anach.35
; διὰ χ. ἔχειν, c. part., to be continually doing, Plu.2.767c; διὰ χειρός τινος ποιεῖν τι LXXJo.17.4
, al., cf. Act.Ap.7.25, al.

d ἐς χεῖρας λαβεῖν τι literally, S.El. 1120, etc.; to take a matter in hand, undertake it, πρᾶγμ' ἐς χέρας λαβόντ' E.Hec. 1242
; ἄγεσθαί τι ἐς χεῖρας Hdt.1.126
, 4.79, etc.; δοῦναί τινι ἐς χέρας, εἰς χεῖρα, S.El. 1348, X.Cyr.8.8.22; καταστῆσαι εἰς τὰς χ. τινος Aeschin.2.28
; of persons, ἵκεο χεῖρας ἐς ἁμάς thou hast fallen into our hands, Il.10.448 (in Hom. also simply ὅ τι χεῖρας ἵκοιτο Od.12.331
, cf. 24.172); so εἰς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τινι X.Cyr.7.4.10
, cf. 2.4.15: generally, to have to do with any one, converse with him, Id.An.1.2.26 (so ἐς χεῖρα γῇ ξυνῆψαν E.Heracl. 429
): most freq. ἐς χεῖρας ἐλθεῖν τισι to come to blows or close quarters with.., A.Th. 680; ἀλλήλοις Th.7.44
: abs., εἰς χ. ἐλθεῖν Id.4.96
; ἐς χ. ἰέναι Id.2.3
, 4.72, cf. PTeb.765.6 (ii B. C.); συνιέναι X.Cyr.8.8.22
; also ἐς χειρῶν νόμον (fort. νομόν) ἀπικέσθαι Hdt.9.48
; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ (fort. νομῷ) ἀπόλλυσθαι Id.8.89
, cf. Aeschin.1.5, SIG167.37 (Mylasa, iv B. C.), Heraclid.Pol.25, Plb.1.34.5, 5.111.6; [full] ἐν χειρὸς νόμῳ Arist.Pol. 1285a10, D.H.6.26; ἐν χειρῶν νομαῖς SIG700.29
(Lete, ii B.C.), v. l. in LXX 3 Ma.1.5; ἐν χεροῖν δίκῃ cj. in E.Ba.738; εἰς χεῖρας συμμεῖξαι τοῖς πολεμίοις X.Cyr.2.1.11
; also εἰς χεῖρας δέχεσθαί τινας to await their charge, Id.An.4.3.31; ἐς χ. ὑπομεῖναί τινας Th. 5.72
.

e ἐκ χειρός by hand of man, S.Aj.27: from near at hand, at close range, ἐκ χειρὸς βάλλειν X.An.3.3.15
; ἀμύνασθαι ib.5.4.25; μάχεσθαι Id.HG7.2.14
, cf. D.S.19.6; πληγὰς ἐκ χ. ἀναδέξασθαι Plu.
tim.4; οὐ μὴ σωθῇ ἐκ χ. σιδήρου LXX Jb.20.24
; ἡ ἐκ χ. δίκη lynch law, D.H.4.37; ἡ ἐκ χ. βία Plb.9.4.6
: metaph., ἡ ἐκ χ. θεωρία closerange reading, D.H.Isoc.2; so of time, out of hand, off-hand, forthwith, Plb.5.41.7, al.

f δέπας μητρὶ ἐν χειρὶ τίθει Il.1.585
, cf. Od.13.57, 15.120, al. (always so of a cup, hence ἐν χερσὶ τίθει δέπας, though found in most codd., was condemned by the critics in Il.l.c., Od.3.51, 15.130); πρεσβήϊον ἐν χερὶ θήσω Il.8.289
; τόξον, ἔγχος ἔχων ἐν χειρί, 15.443, 17.604; σκῆπτρον δέ οἱ ἔμβαλε χειρί Od.2.37
; but ἐν.. χειρὶ σκῆπτρον ἔθηκεν Il.23.568
; of a gift, ἐν χερσὶ τίθει 1.441
, 446; ἐν ταῖς χ. ἔχειν, literally, Pl.R. 432d; τὰ ὅπλ' ἐν ταῖς χ. ἔχων D.9.8
, etc. (metaph., ἔτι μεμνημένων ὑμῶν καὶ μόνον οὐκ ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν ἕκαστ' ἐχόντων Id.18.226
); but ἐν χερσὶν ἔχειν also, to have in hand, be engaged in, τὸν γάμον Hdt.1.35
; ἑορτήν Plu.Alex.13
; τὴν περὶ Δημοσθένους πραγματείαν D.H.Th.1
; ἐν χειρί τινα δίκην ἔχων Pl.Tht. 172e
; ὁ ἐν χερσὶ πόλεμος the war in hand, D.H.8.87; περιτειχισμὸς ἐν χερσὶν ὤν ib.21; ἡ ἐν χ. ζήτησις S.E.M.11.208
, etc.; freq. of fighting, ἐν χερσί hand to hand, ἐν χ. ἦν ἡ μάχη Th.4.43
; ἐν χ. ἀποκτεῖναι Id.3.66
, cf. 4.57,96, etc.; ἐν χ. γίγνεσθαι τοῖς ἐναντίοις Id.5.72
; ἐν χ. εἶναί τινος X.HG4.6.11
; δίκη ἐν χερσί Hes.Op. 192
; ὁ ψόφος τῶν ὅπλων καὶ τῶν ἵππων ὁ φρυαγμὸς ἐν χερσὶν ἐδόκει εἶναι D.S.19.31
; ἡ ἐν χερσὶν [δυστυχία] Plu.Cleom.22: also in dual, τἀν χεροῖν S.Ant. 1345
(lyr.); ἐν χειρί τινος by the hand of.., LXX Jo.21.2, al.; ἐν χ. ἀγγέλου Act.Ap.7.35
(v.l.).

g ἐπὶ χειρὸς ἔχειν on or in one's hand, Thgn.490; ἐπὶ χεῖράς τινων ἐκφέρουσι put into their hands, Plu.2.815b; also ἐπὶ χεῖρά τινος next to, LXXNe.3.4.

h κατὰ χειρός, of washing the hands before meals, ὕδωρ κατὰ χειρός (sc. φερέτω τις), Ar.V. 1216, cf.Av. 464 (anap.), Fr. 502 (lyr.), Philox. 1, Ath.9.408e; (without ὕδωρ) κατὰ χ. ἐδόθη Alex.261.2
, cf. Arched. 2.3: prov. of that which is easily come by, Telecl.1.2 (anap.);
πάντα μοι κατὰ χ. ἦν τὰ πράγματα
at hand, Pherecr.146.5
; also κατὰ χειρῶν δοῦναι, χέειν, λαβεῖν, Philyll.3, Antiph.287 (v.l.), Men.470 (troch.), cf. Phot.s.v. κατὰ χειρὸς ὕδωρ: κατὰ χεῖρα in deed or act, κατὰ χ. γενναιότατοι D.H.7.6
; opp. συνέσει, Plu.Phil.7; κατὰ χεῖρά σου according to thy will, LXX Si.25.26: but κατὰ χεῖρας [τῆς σοφίας] by her side, ib.14.25.

i μετὰ χερσὶν ἔχειν between, i.e. in, the hands, Il.11.4, 15.717; [ἄλεισον] μετὰ χ. ἐνώμα Od.22.10
: μετὰ χεῖρας ἔχειν to have in hand, be engaged in, Hdt.7.16.β, Th.1.138.

k λάβε παρὰ χεῖρα take in hand, LXX To. 11.4; but τὸ πὰρ χειρός the work in hand, B.13.10.

l πρὸ χειρῶν
close before one, S.Ant. 1279
, E.Tr. 1207 (s.v.l.), Rh. 274; πρὸ χειρὸς εἶναι cj. in Pl.Com.69.5.

m πρὸς χειρός τινος by his hand, A.Supp.66 (lyr.), etc.; πρὸς ἐμὴν χεῖρα at the signs given by my hand, S.Ph. 148 (anap.); πρὸς χεῖρα ὑποβορβορύζοντες on pressure, Hp.Epid.4.7.

n ὑπὸ χερσὶ ἁλοῦσα under, i.e. by, another's hands, Il.2.374, etc.; ὑπὸ χεῖρα ποιεῖσθαι to bring under one's power, X.Ages.1.22; οἱ ὑπὸ χ. persons in one's power, D.6.34; ὑπὸ τὴν χ. ἐλθεῖν to come into one's hand, Luc.Herm.57, etc.; ὑπὸ χ. in hand, i.e. in stock, Arist.Mete. 369b33; but also, at hand, i.e. at once, Plu.2.548e; τὰ ὑπὸ χ. ib.56b, Dsc.1.35; ὁ ὑπὸ χ. the attendant, Dsc.5.75;
παρέργως καὶ ὑπὸ χ.
extempore, Plu.Arat.3
, etc.; also καθύπο χεῖρα κινῶν [τὰς οὐσίας], in Alchemy, Ps.-Democr. p.51 B.

III the hand often receives the attributes of the person using it, χ. μεγάλη, of Zeus, Il.15.695 (χ. παγκρατής, of God, Secund.Sent.3; χ. ὑπερμήκης, of the 'long arm' of the king, Hdt.8.140.β') ; θοὴ χ., of one throwing, Il.12.306; ἀφνειά Pi.O.7.1
, cf. S.El. 458; εὐσεβεστέρα, εὐφιλής, A.Ch. 141, Ag.34; κάρβανος ib. 1061; γεραιά E.Hec. 143
(anap.); πονηρά Id. Ion 1316
, etc.: to denote wealth or poverty, πλειοτέρῃ σὺν χ. Od.11.359
; κενεὰς σὺν χ. ἔχοντες 10.42
, cf. E.Hel. 1280, etc.

2 it is represented as acting of itself, χεῖρες μαιμῶσιν Il.13.77
, cf. S.Aj.50; χεὶρ ὁρᾷ τὸ δράσιμον A.Th. 554
; δήμου κρατοῦσα χ. Id.Supp. 604
(dub. l.): prov., ἁ δὲ χ. τὰν χ. νίζει Epich.273
; or simply, ἁ χ. τὰν χ. AP5.207
(Mel.).

3 pl., in theurgy, name for spiritual powers, αἱ δημιουργικαὶ [τοῦ Ἀπόλλωνος] δυνάμεις ἃς θεουργῶν παῖδες χεῖρας ἀποκαλοῦσιν Procl. in Cra. p.101
P., cf. eund. in R.2.252K.

IV to denote act or deed, opp. mere words, in pl., ἔπεσιν καὶ χερσὶν ἀρήξειν Il.1.77
; μνῆμ' Ἑλένης χειρῶν of her handiwork, her art, Od.15.126 (so in sg., δώρημ' ἐκείνῳ τἀνδρὶ τῆς ἐμῆς χ. S.Tr. 603
); χερσὶν ἢ λόγῳ Id.OT 883
(lyr.), cf. OC 1297, etc.; τῇ χειρὶ χρᾶσθαι to use one's hands, i.c. be active, stirring, opp. ἀργὸς ἐπεστάναι, Hdt.3.78, cf. 9.72; τὰς χ. προσφέρειν to apply force, X.Mem.2.6.31: sg., βούλευμα μὲν τὸ Δῖον, Ἡφαίστου δὲ χείρ A.Pr. 619
; μιᾷ χειρί single-handed, D.21.219; χειρὶ καὶ ποδὶ καὶ πάσῃ δυνάμει Aeschin.3.109
, cf. 2.115; χερσίν τε ποσίν τε Il.20.360
, cf. Pi.O.10(11).62, esp. of using the hands in a fight, cf. supr. 11.6d, e, f; of deeds of violence, πρὶν χειρῶν γεύσασθαι before we try force, Od.20.181; ἀδίκων χ. ἄρχειν to give the first blow, X.Cyr.1.5.13, Antipho 4.2.1, Lys.4.11, etc.; ἀμυνόμενος ἄρχοντα χειρῶν Pl.Lg. 869d
: generally, χεῖρες violent measures, force, ἐπίσχετε θυμὸν ἐνιπῆς καὶ χειρῶν Od.20.267
; ὑπόδικος χερῶν A.Eu. 260
(lyr.); χερσὶ πεποιθώς Il.16.624
, etc.; ἐν χειρῶν νόμῳ v. supr. 11.6d; ὅπως θανάτοιο βαρείας χ. ἀλάλκοι, v.l. for κῆρας, Il.21.548.

V a number, band, body of men, esp. of soldiers, χεὶρ μεγάλη Hdt.7.157
; in dat., οὐ σὺν μεγάλῃ χ. Id.5.72
; πολλῇ χ. 1.174
, Th.3.96, E.Heracl. 337; pleon., χ. μεγάλῃ πλήθεος Hdt.7.20
; δεδωμάτωμαι δ' οὐδ' ἐγὼ σμικρᾷ χερί A.Supp. 958
; οἰκεία χείρ, for χεὶρ οἰκετῶν, E.El. 629; σὺν πλήθει χερῶν S.OT 123
.

VI handwriting, τὴν ἑαυτοῦ χεῖρα ἀρνήσασθαι Hyp.Lyc.Fr.5
, cf. IG9(1).189 ([place name] Phocis); τῇ ἐμῇ χ. Παύλου I Ep. Cor.16.21, Ep.Col.4.18: copy, counterpart of a document, SIG712.31 (Crete, ii B.C.); deed, instrument, ἡ χ. ἥδε κυρία ἔστω PRein.28.18
(ii B.C.), cf. PCair.Zen. 477 (iii B.C.), etc.

b handiwork of an artist or workman, γλαφυρὰ χ. Theoc.Epigr.8.5
, etc.; αἱ Ἐφεσίου χεῖρες Herod.4.72
, cf. 6.66; σοφαὶ χέρες APl.4.262
; τὰς Φειδίου χ. Lib.Or. 30.22
.

VII of any implement resembling a hand:

1 a kind of gauntlet, X.Eq.12.5, Poll.1.135 (pl.).

2 χ. σιδηρᾶ grappling-iron, Th.4.25, 7.62; also of an anchor, AP6.38 (Phil.).

3 axle-tree, LXX 3 Ki.7.18(32).

4 in LXX, pillar or cairn, as it were a finger pointing to heaven, χεὶρ Ἀβεσσαλώμ LXX 2 Ki.18.18
; also ἀνέστακεν αὐτῷ χεῖρα, i.e. trophy, ib. 1 Ki.15.12.

5 χεῖρες ἐλάτιναι, of oars, Tim.Pers.7.

6 catch of a trigger, Hero Aut.13.9; χ. κατάγουσα τὴν τοξῖτιν Ph.Bel. 68.4
, cf. Hero Bel.78.2.

7 instrument of torture, LXX 4 Ma.8.13.

VIII handful, κορώνῃ χεῖρα πρόσδοτε κριθέων Phoen. 2.1
.

IX ointment containing five ingredients, Orib.Fr.89, Alex. Trall.7.1. (Cf. Arm. jein ( dzern), Alb. dore, Tocharian (A-dialect) tsar, (B-dialect) sar, all = hand.)

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > χείρ
77 Ἑρμῆς

Ἑρμῆς, οῦ, ὁ, nom.

A Ἑρμῆς Od.5.54
, etc.: acc. Ἑρμῆν 8.334
, etc., [dialect] Ion. Ἑρμέην Hdt.5.7
, late Ἑρμῆ CIG5094
([place name] Nubia): dat. Ἑρμῇ Od.14.435
, Ἑρμέᾳ Il.5.390
: voc. Ἑρμῆ h.Hom.18.12
, A.Pers. 629, Eu.90: [dialect] Ep. gen. Ἑρμέω h.Merc. 413
, h.Ven. 148, Hdt.5.7, etc.; lengthd. Ἑρμείω Il.15.214
:—[dialect] Ep. nom. [full] Ἑρμείας, Od.1.42, al., IG5(2).558 (Arc.), acc. - αν Od.1.38
, 5.28, al.; later [full] Ἑρμείης, Call.Dian.69, etc.; gen. Ἑρμείαο Od.12.390
, 15.319, Ἑρμεία AP7.480
(Leon.); dat. Ἑρμείᾳ IG12.631
(vi B. C.); voc. Ἑρμεία Od.5.29
, al.:—[dialect] Boeot. and [dialect] Dor. nom. [full] Ἑρμᾶς, gen. ᾶ, Corinn. Supp.2.57, Pi.P.2.10, etc., voc. Ἑρμᾶ A.Fr. 384
, acc. Ἑρμᾶν ib. 273: also [full] Ἑρμάων [pron. full] [ᾱ], Hes. Fr.23, Bion Fr.7. 8, AP4.3b.64 (Agath.):—[var] contr. [full] Ἑρμάν (not [suff] ἑρμην-ᾶν), ᾶνος, Call.Fr.32 P., IG5(2).360, al.(Arc.),ib.5(1).1390.33 (Andania, i B.C.),Supp.Epigr. 2.165 ([place name] Laconia): Thess. dat. Ἑρμαίου IG9(2).716
(dub.), Ἑρμάου ib. 715, al., Ἑρμάο ib.471, Ἑρμᾶ ib.356: Cret. acc. Ἑρμάον Schwyzer 179a
:—Hermes, son of Zeus and Maia, Od.5.28, 14.435, Hes.Th. 938, etc.

2 pillar surmounted by bust, at Athens and elsewhere, And.1.37, Th.6.27, etc.; τῶν ἱερῶν Ἑρμῶν IG12(8).188.14
([place name] Samothrace) ; as a decorative piece, with two faces, Keil-Premerstein Dritter Bericht117: Ἑ. τρικέφαλος, τετρακέφαλος, Hsch.

3 ὁ τοῦ Ἑρμοῦ ἀστήρ the planet Mercury, Pl.Ti. 38d, Epin. 987b, Arist.Mete. 342b33, Metaph. 1073b32, Thphr.Sign.46, etc.: later Ἑρμῆς, ὁ, in same sense, Placit.2.32.1, Plu.2.1028b, Cleom.2.7 : hence, Ἑρμοῦ ἡμέρα D.C.37.19
.

4 Ἑρμαῖ· παραφυάδια δένδρων ἄχρηστα, Hsch.

5 cake in the shape of a κηρυκεῖον, Schwyzer694 (Chios, iv B.C.), Hsch.

II prov. and phrases:

1 Ἑρμῆν ἕλκειν to make a last effort, from the parting cup at a feast being drunk to Hermes, Stratt.22.

2 κοινὸς Ἑρμῆς
shares in your luck ! Arist. Rh. 1401a21
, Thphr.Char.30.9, Men.Epit.67,etc.

3 ἐν τῷ λίθῳ Ἑρμῆς, of the actual potentially in the material, Arist.Metaph. 1002a22, 1017b7.

4 Ἑρμῆς ἐπεισελήλυθε 'Hermes is come in', a saying used when conversation suddenly ceased, Plu.2.502f.

5 τὸ Ἑρμοῦ ῥαβδίον, like 'Fortunatus' cap', Arr.Epict.3.20.12.

6Ἑρμοῦ βοτάνιον, Ἑρμοῦ πόα,=λινόζωστις, Dsc.4.189, Plin.HN25.38.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > Ἑρμῆς
78 ὅσος

ὅσος, [dialect] Ep. [full] ὅσσος, η, ον, both forms in Hom. and Hes.; ὅσσος also in A.Pers. 864 (lyr.); and in many dialects, e. g. Lesb., Alc.Oxy.1788 Fr.15 ii 18 ([etym.] ὄσσος), Arg., IG4.748.5 (Troezen, iv B. C.), Thess., ib. 9(2).517.19, al.; Central Cret. [full] ὄζος GDI5090 ([place name] Lyttos), al., and [full] ὄττος ib.5000 ([place name] Gortyn): Relat. and indirect interrog. Adj.:—of Size,

A as great as, how great; of Quantity, as much as, how much ; of Space, as far as, how far; of Time, as long as, how long; of Number, as many as, how many; of Sound, as loud as, how loud: correl. with τόσος ([etym.] τόσσος), τοσόσδε, τοσοῦτος, in sense as, τόσσον χρόνον ὅσσον ἄνωγας Il.24.670
, cf. Od.19.169; τόσονδ', ὅσον.. S.El. 286
; τοσοῦτον ὄχλον καὶ παρασκευήν, ὅσην.. D.4.35
: sts. with πᾶς or ἅπας as antec., χῶρον ἅπαντα ὅσσον.. Il.23.190
; ἐκ πασέων, ὅσσαι.. Od.4.723
; πάντα μάλ' ὅσσα.. Il.22.115
; τοὺς πάντας.., ὅσοι.. A.Pr. 976
, etc.; also ὅσων.. ψαύοιμι, πάντων τῶνδ' ἀεὶ μετειχέτην S.OT 1464
: with ἴσος, just so much as, ἐμοὶ δ' ἴσον τῇς χώρας μέτα, ὅσονπερ ὑμῖν Ar.Ec. 174
, cf. D.21.44: freq. without antec., τῆς ἦ τοι φωνὴ μὲν ὅση σκύλακος νεογιλῆς Od.12.86
, cf. 10.113, etc.; ἀσπίδες ὅσσαι ἄρισται Il.14.371
, cf. 75,18.512 ; agreeing with an antec. implied in an Adj., γυναικείας ἀρετῆς, ὅσαι.. the virtue of all the women, who.., Th.2.45, cf. ὅς B. 1.1
: the Subst. freq. precedes, where we put it in the Relat. clause, οὐδέ τι οἶδε πένθεος (about the woe), ὅσσον ὄρωρε Il.11.658
; ὁρᾷς.. τὴν θεῶν ἰσχύν, ὅση [ ἐστί]; S.Aj. 118 ; ὦ Ζεῦ.., τὸ χρῆμα τῶν κόπων ὅσον! Ar.Ra. 1278; τὸ χρῆμα τῶν νυκτῶν ὅσον· ἀπέραντον! Id.Nu.2: and sts. it is attracted to the case of the antec., εὐτραφέστατον πωμάτων ὅσων ἵησιν (for ὅσα) A.Th. 309 (lyr.); joined with οἷος, ὅσσος ἔην οἷός τε Il.24.630
; so ὅσσοι τε καὶ οἵτινες Od.16.236
: repeated in the same clause, τὸ δὲ ὅσον μέτρον ὅσοις [ μειγνύμενον] the quantities of the first ingredient and the others, Pl.Ti. 68b ; γαίης ὅσσης ὅσσον ἔχει μόριον AP7.740
(Leon.): perh. sts. folld. by a partic. for a finite Verb, ὅσοι συμπαρεπόμενοι (s. v. l.) X.Eq.11.12, cf. HG6.1.10.

2 with a partit. gen. in the principal clause, Τρώων θάνον ὅσσοι ἄριστοι Il. 12.13
; ἄριστοι ἵππων, ὅσσοι ἔασιν 5.267
; Περσῶν ὅσοιπερ A.Pers. 441
; οὔ τις.. ὀνόσσεται, ὅσσοι Ἀχαιοί of all the Achaeans, Il.9.55; [ τῶν στρατειῶν] ὅσαι τε καὶ μὴ ἐπικίνδυνοι which are and which are not.., Pl.R. 467d; on τῶν ὅσοι, v. ὁ, ἡ, τό A. 111
.

3 of Time, ὅσαι ἡμέραι, ὅσα ἔτη, etc., v. ὁσημέραι.

4 with τις, in indirect questions, ἰδώμεθα.. ὅσσος τις χρυσὸς.. ἔνεστιν Od.10.45
; ὅσον τι δένδρον.. γίνεται Hdt.1.193
; ὅσον τι ἐστί ib. 185 ; ὅσοι τινὲς ἐόντες.. Id.7.102
, etc.

5 with acc. of extent, λίμνη.. μέγαθος, ὅσηπερ ἡ ἐν Δήλῳ in size as large as that in Delos, Id.2.170, cf. 175, Pl.R. 423b.

6 with Adjs. expressing Quantity, etc., both words being put in the same case, [ πίθηκοι] ἄφθονοι ὅσοι.. γίνονται, i. e. in amazing numbers, Hdt.4.194 ; ὄχλος ὑπερφυὴς ὅσος prodigiously large, Ar.Pl. 750 ; χρήματα θαυμαστὰ ὅσα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282c
, cf. Luc.Halc.5, etc. ; ἀπλάτων ὅσων, ἀμύθητα ὅσα, Phld.Rh.1.3,91 S., cf. Corn.ND9 ; ὀλίγους ὅσους τῶν κοφίνων Luc. Alex.1
; ἐτόλμησαν ἐπιφύεσθαι ἡμεῖν πλεῖστοι ὅσοι SIG888.65
(Thrace, iii A. D.); μετὰ ἱδρῶτος θαυμαστοῦ ὅσου Pl.R. 350d
; διὰ μυρίων ὅσων Longin.1.1
: freq. in adverbial construction, θαυμαστὸν ὅσον ἐπιδιδόντες Pl.Tht. 150d
; θ. ὅσον διαφέρει Id.La. 184c
; ἀμηχάνῳ δὴ ὅσῳ πλείονι Id.R. 588a
; τυτθὸν ὅσσον ἄπωθεν Theoc.1.45
; βαιὸν ὅσον παραβάς AP12.227
(Strat.).

7 with [comp] Sup., ὅσας ἂν πλείστας δύνωνται καταστρέφεσθαι τῶν πολίων the most they possibly could.., Hdt.6.44, cf. Th.7.21 ; also ὅσον τάχος as quickly as possible, Ar.Th. 727 (more freq. ὅσον τάχιστα, v. infr. IV. 4); ὅσον σθένος with all possible strength, Theoc.1.42, A.R.2.589.

8 c. inf., so much as is enough for.., ὅσον ἀποζῆν enough to live off, Th.1.2 ; ἐλείπετο τῆς νυκτὸς ὅσον.. διελθεῖν τὸ πεδίον X.An.4.1.5
; εὐδαιμονίας τοσοῦτον, ὅσον δοκεῖν so much as is enough for appearance, S.OT 1191 (lyr.), cf. Th.3.49, Pl.R. 416e, etc.

II for ὅτι τοσοῦτος (v. οἷος 11.2
,3, ὅς B.
IV. 3), Od.4.75, E.Hel.74, etc.

III folld. by Particles:

1 ὅσος ἄν ([etym.] κεν) how great (many) soever, with subj., Il.3.66, etc.

2 ὅσος δή of such and such a size or number (but in Hom. merely strengthd. for ὅσος, Od.15.487, al.), κήρυγμα ἐποιήσατο.., ζημίην τοῦτον ὀφείλειν, ὅσην δὴ εἴπας naming such and such an amount, Hdt.3.52 ; ἐπέταξε τοῖσι.. ἔθνεσι γυναῖκας.. κατιστάναι, ὅσας δὴ ἐπιτάσσων ordering such and such a number, ib. 159 ; παρεσκευάζοντο ἐπὶ μισθῷ ὅσῳ δή for payment of a certain amount, Id.1.160 ; σιτία παρακαταλιπόντες ὅσων δὴ μηνῶν Id.4.151
; so ὅσος δή κοτε Id.1.157
; ὁσοσδηποτοῦν, in pl., any number whatsoever, Euc.9.9, al., Agatharch.34;
ὁσοσδηοῦν
however large, Jul.Or.3.119a
; ὅσος δή τις D.H.2.45
, 4.60.

3 ὁσοσοῦν, [dialect] Ion. -ῶν, ever so small, Hdt.1.199 : in pl., however many, Arist.Pol. 1265a41 ; v. infr. IV. 6.

4 ὅσοσπερ, precisely as great as,
τοῦ μὲν χειμῶνός ἐστι [ὁ Ἴστρος] ὅσοσπέρ ἐστι
of its normal size, Hdt.4.50
, cf. 2.170, etc.: in pl., as many as, Hes.Th. 475, A.Pers. 423, 441 ; ἔθνεα πάντα ὅσαπερ ἦγε Hdt.4.87
; ἅπαντα.., ὅσαπέρ γ' ἔφασκον, κἄτι πολλῷ πλείονα Ar.V. 806
: but ὅσοσπερ can freq. hardly be distd. from ὅσος, v. supr. 1.2, 5, infr. IV. 1, 3, and 7; and this is still more the case with [dialect] Ep. ὅσος τε (cf. ὅστε), Od.10.113, al.

IV Adverbial usages of ὅσον and ὅσα:

1 so far as, so much as, οὐ μέντοι ἐγὼ τόσον αἴτιός εἰμι, ὅσσον οἱ ἄλλοι Il.21.371
: c. inf., ὅσον αὔξειν ἢ καθαιρεῖν so far as to.., Arist.Rh. 1376a34 : in parenthesis, c. inf., ὅσον γέ μ' εἰδέναι as far as I know, Ar.Nu. 1252, Pl.Tht. 145a, cf. D.H.2.59 ; so μακραίων γ', ὅσ' ἀπεικάσαι cj. in S.OC 152 (lyr.); ὅσον ἐς Ἑλλάδα γλῶσσαν ἀπὸ Λατίνης μεταβαλεῖν App. BC4.11
: but more freq. c. ind., ὅσσον ἔγωγε γιγνώσκω Il.13.222
, cf. 20.360 ; so ὅσονπερ ἂν σθένω S.El. 946
; ὅσα γε.. ἦν εἰκάσαι Th.8.46
; ὅσον δυνατόν Pl.Smp. 196d
, etc.; ὅσον καθ' ἕν' ἄνδρα so far as was in one man's power, D.18.153 ; ὅσον τὸ σὸν μέρος S.OT 1509
: c. gen., ὅσον γε δυνάμεως παρ' ἐμοί ἐστι Pl.Cra. 422c
, cf. S.OT 1239 ; also ὅσα ἐγὼ μέμνημαι X.Mem.2.1.21
; οἱ πατέρες, ὅσα ἄνθρωποι, οὐκ ἀμαθεῖς ἔσονται Pl.R. 467c
; ὅσα γε τἀνθρώπεια humanly speaking, Id.Cri. 47a.

b how far, how much, ἴστε γὰρ ὅσσον ἐμοὶ ἀρετῇ περιβάλλετον ἵπποι Il.23.276
; μαθήσεται ὅσον τό τ' ἄρχειν καὶ τὸ δουλεύειν δίχα A. Pr. 927
: with Adjs., how, ὅσον or ὅσσον.. μέγ' ὄνειαρ, Hes.Op.41, 346 ; ὅσ' ἤπειρος πολλὰ τρέφει Id.Th. 582
.

2 only so far as, only just, ὅσον ἐς Σκαιάς τε πύλας καὶ φηγὸν ἵκανεν Il.9.354
; ὅσον ἐκ Φοινίκης ἐς Κρήτην Hdt.4.45
; φιλοσοφίας, ὅσον παιδείας χάριν, μετέχειν Pl.Grg. 485a
, cf. R. 403d ; οὐδὲν ἡδέως ποιεῖ γὰρ οὗτος, ἀλλ' ὅσον νόμου χάριν Diph.43.14
, cf. Arist.Metaph. 1076a27, al. ; ὅσον καὶ ἀπὸ βοῆς ἕνεκα ὠργίζετο, opp. τῷ ἀληθεῖ ἐχαλέπαινον, Th.8.92 : so, more fully, ὅσον μοῦνον Hdt.2.20
, cf. Th.6.105, Pl.R. 607a, etc.; or μόνον ὅσον Id.Lg. 778c
; ἐγὼ μέν μιν οὐκ εἶδον εἰ μὴ ὅσον γραφῇ Hdt.2.73
, cf. X.An.7.3.20; σιτάρια μικρὰ προσφέρων οἴνου θ' ὅσον ὀσμήν Philem.98.3
; τί οὐκ ἀπεκοιμήθημεν ὅ. ὅ. στίλην; Ar.V. 213 ; ἢ ὅσον ὅσσον στιγμή AP7.472
(Leon.), cf. 5.254 (Paul. Sil.); ἐπαναγαγεῖν ὅ. ὅ. Ev.Luc.5.3
(cod. D, v.l. ὀλίγον); ὅσον· ὀλίγον, ὅσον ὅσον δέ, ὀλίγον ὀλίγον, Hsch.; παρ' ὅσον ἧττον a little less, D.T.631.17 (= παρ' ὀλίγον ἧττον, Sch.) ; οὐδ' ὅσον not even, οὐδ' ὅ. ἀττάραγόν τυ δεδοίκαμες Call.Epigr.47.9
: abs., not the least mite, Id.Ap.37, A.R.2.181, 190 ; οὐδέ περ ὅσσον Id.3.519
; οὐδ' ὅσον ὅσσον Philet.7
; cf. IV. 5.

3 of size or distance, ὅσον τε about, nearly, ὅσον τ' ὄργυιαν, ὅσον τε πυγούσιον, Od.9.325, 10.517 ; ὅσον τ' ἐπὶ ἥμισυ 13.114
, cf. Il.10.351 ; ὅσον τε δέκα στάδια Hdt.9.57
; ξύλα ὅσον τε διπήχεα Id.2.96
, cf.78 ; so ὅσονπερ τρία στάδια Id.9.51
; in [dialect] Att. ὅσον alone, ὅσον δύο πλέθρα Th.7.38
; ὅσον δύ' ἢ τρία στάδια Pl.Phdr. 229c
; ὅσον παρασάγγην X.Cyr.3.3.28
; so of other measurements, ὅσον τριχοίνικον ἄρτον Id.An.7.3.23
.

4 with Adjs. of Quality or Degree, mostly with [comp] Comp., αἴθ', ὅσον ἥσσων εἰμί, τόσον σέο φέρτερος εἴην Il.16.722
, cf. 1.186 ; ὅσσον βασιλεύτερός εἰμι so far as, inasmuch as I am a greater king, 9.160 : and with [comp] Sup., γνώσετ'.., ὅσον εἰμὶ θεῶν κάρτιστος 8.17
, cf. 1.516, etc.: with Advs., ὅσον τάχιστα A.Ch. 772
, S.Ant. 1103, El. 1433 ; ὅσον μάλιστα A.Pr. 524
; ὅσα ἐδύνατο μ. Hdt.1.185
.

5 with negs., ὅσον οὐ or ὁσονού just not, all but (cf. IV. 2), Th.1.36,5.59, etc.; ὅσον οὐκ ἤδη almost immediately, E.Hec. 141 (anap.), Th.8.96 ; later ὅσον ἤδη Plb.2.4.4
, 8.34.8; ὅσον οὔπω E.Ba. 1076
, Th.4.125,6.34: ὅσον οὐδέπω with [tense] fut., presently, in a minute, Nicom.Ar.1.8, Hld.2.31, al.

b οὐχ ὅσον οὐκ ἠμύναντο, ἀλλ' οὐδ' ἐσώθησαν
not only not.., but not even, Th.4.62
.

c ὅσον μή so far as not, save or except so far as, καλός τε κἀγαθὸς τὴν φύσιν, ὅσον μὴ ὑβριστής (sic leg.) Pl.Euthd. 273a ; ὅσον γ' ἂν αὐτὸς μὴ ποτιψαύων so far as I can without touching.., S.Tr. 1214 ; ὅσον μὴ χερσὶ καίνων Id.OT 347
; ὅσα μή Th.1.111
,4.16: sts. with a finite Verb, πείθεσθαι.., ὅσον ἂν μὴ ἀνάγκη ᾖ X.Oec.21.4
, cf. Pl.Phd. 83a ; cf. ὅ τι 11
.

6 ὁσονοῦν, [dialect] Ion. ὁσονῶν, ever so little, εἰ τοίνυν ἐχιόνιζε καὶ ὁσονῶν Hdt.2.22
; so ἐφ' ὁσονοῦν Thphr.HP6.7.5
, Iamb.in Nic. p.14 P.

7 ὅσα and ὅσαπερ, just like ὡς, ὥσπερ, as, X.Cyr.1.5.12, Luc.VH1.24, etc.

V ὅσῳ, ὅσῳπερ, by how much, freq. with [comp] Comp., ὅσῳ πλέον ἥμισυ παντός Hes.Op.40
; ὅσῳ κρείττω Ar.Fr.488.3
; ὅσῳ ἂν πλεονάκις εἰσίῃς X.Cyr.1.3.14
: with [comp] Sup., διέδεξε, ὅσῳ ἐστὶ τοῦτο ἄριστον Hdt.3.82
, cf. S.Ant.59, 1050.

2 ὅσῳ with [comp] Comp. when folld. by another [comp] Comp. with τοσούτῳ, the more.., so much the more.., X.Cyr.7.5.80 ; ὅ. μᾶλλον πιστεύω, τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ἀπορῶ Pl.R. 368b
: with τοσούτῳ omitted, Ar.Nu. 1419, S.OC 792 : sts. a [comp] Sup. replaces the [comp] Comp., ὅσῳ μάλιστα ἐλεύθεροι.., τοσούτῳ καὶ θρασύτατα Th.8.84
, cf. Lys.7.39 ; ὅσῳ alone, ἑωυτοὺς δὲ γενέσθαι τοσούτῳ.., ἀμείνονας, ὅσῳ .. Hdt.6.137, cf. 5.49, 8.13 ; νιν τῶνδε πλεῖστον ᾤκτισα.., ὅσῳπερ καὶ φρονεῖν οἶδεν μόνη S.Tr. 313
, cf. OC 743.

VI ἐς ὅσον, ἐφ' ὅσον, καθ' ὅσον are freq. used much like ὅσον, εἰς ὅσον σθένω Id.Ph. 1403 (troch.); ἐφ' ὅσον ἐδύνατο Th.1.4
; εἰς ὅσον δύνανται Pl.R. 607a
; καθ' ὅσον δυνατόν Id.Ti. 51b
; ἐφ' ὅσον ἐστὶν δυνατός as far as he can, IG22.903.11 (ii B.C.); later of Time,
ἐς ὅσον δύναμίς μοι ὑπῆρχεν
as long as.. POxy.899.8
(ii/iii A.D.); ἐφ' ὅσον περιῆσαν as long as they lived, Mitteis Chr. 31i23 (ii B.C.).

2 ἐν ὅσῳ
while, Ar. Pax 943
(lyr.), Th.8.87.

VII no Adv. ὅσως occurs.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὅσος
79 ὑπό

ὑπό [pron. full] [ῠ], Prep. with gen., dat., and acc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ὐπά Alc.39; [dialect] Boeot. [full] ὑπά

A Ἀρχ.Δελτ. 14
Pl. ii 19 (Thespiae, iii B.C.); [dialect] Ion. ηυπύ only in IG 14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); Arc. [full] ὁπύ Schwyzer 664.15,21 (Orchom.Arc., iv B.C.); in [dialect] Ep. [full] ὑπαί (also B. 12.139): this is found in Hom. only six times as a well-attested reading (ὑ. πόδα Il.2.824
, ὑ. δέ 3.217
, 11.417, 12.149, ὑ. δείους 10.376
, 15.4); elsewh. (before λ ν ρ ϝ ) it is weakly attested as v. l. for ὑπὸ ([etym.] ?ὑπόX ¯ ), e.g. ποσσὶ δ' ὑπὸ (v.l. ὑπαὶ) λιπαροῖσι Il.2.44
, al.; but ὑπαὶ νεφέων is given by most codd. in Il.15.625, 16.375 (v. Allen ed. maj.), and ὑπαὶ νεφέεσσι Anon.
ap. Plu.2.38e; also in compds., ὑπαιδείδοικα h.Merc. 165
, ὑπαιφοινίσσω (q. v.); it is not freq. in Trag. Poets, A.Ag. 892, 944, 1164 (lyr.), Eu. 417, S.El. 711, 1418 (lyr.), Inach. in PTeb. 692 ii5 (lyr.), E.El. 1188 (lyr.), Ar. Ach. 970 (paratrag.). (With ὑπό ([etym.] ὕπο) cf. Skt. úpa 'towards, near to, etc.', Goth. uf 'under'.)

A WITH GENITIVE,

I of Place, with Verbs of motion, from under, αὖτις ἀναστήσονται ὑ. ζόφου they will rise again from under the gloom, Il.21.56; ὑ. χθονὸς ἧκε φόωσδε Hes.Th. 669
; ῥέει κρήνη ὑ. σπείους Od.9.141
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 230b; ὄσσε δεινὸν ὑ. βλεφάρων ἐξεφάανθεν Il.19.17
; ἐσιδόντες ὑπαὶ χειμῶνος αἴγλαν from under the storm-cloud, B.12.139; esp. of rescuing from under another's power, after the Verbs ἐρύεσθαι, ἁρπάζειν, ῥύεσθαι, ἐρύειν, Il.9.248, 13.198, 17.224, 235;
ἤγαγεν ὑμέτερόνδ' ἀνδροκτασίης ὕ. λυγρῆς
from the consequences of,
23.86
; also ἵππους μὲν λῦσαν ὑ. ζυγοῦ from under the yoke, 8.543, Od.4.39; ὑπ' ἀρνειοῦ λυόμην I loosed myself from under the ram, 9.463; σπλάγχνων ὕπο ματέρος μόλεν, i.e. was born, Pi.N.1.35, cf. O.6.43; rarely in Trag., ὑ. πτερῶν σπάσας E.Andr. 441
; περᾷ γὰρ ἥδ' ὑ. σκηνῆς πόδα Id.Hec.53
; once in Hdt., τὰς δέ οἱ ἵππους ὑ. τοῦ ἅρματος νεμομένας ἀφανισθῆναι 4.8
; αἴ τις ὑ. τῶν νομίων τῶν ἐπιϝοικων ἀνχωρέῃ SIG47.27
(Locris, v B.C.); cf. ὑπέκ.

2 of the object under which a thing is or is placed, under, beneath, with collat. sense of motion, as μοχλὸν ὑ. σποδοῦ ἤλασα πολλῆς thrust it in under the embers, Od. 9.375; ὑ. στέρνοιο τυχήσας Il.4.106
; τοὺς μὲν ὑ. χθονὸς εὐρυοδείης πέμψαν Hes.Th. 717
: also without the sense of motion, ὑπ' ἀνθερεῶνος ὀχεὺς τέτατο Il.3.372
; βάθιστον ὑ. χθονός ἐστι βέρεθρον 8.14
; ἐτέθαπτο ὑ. χθονός Od.11.52
; κεκευθὼς πολεμίας ὑ. χθονός A.Th. 588
; ὑπ' ἀγκῶνος βέλη Pi.O.2.83
; νέρθεν ὑπ' ἐγκεφάλοιο Il.16.347
; τὰ ὑ. γῆς δικαιωτήρια Pl.Phdr. 249a
; δεξιὰν ὑφ' εἵματος κρύπτειν E.Hec. 342
; φέρειν ζώνης ὕπο ib. 762: Thom.Mag.p.375 R. says that ὑ. = under takes gen. in [dialect] Att., acc. in 'Hellenic' Greek; κατακρύψας ὑ. κόπρου, which is v.l. in Od.9.329 for ὑ. κόπρῳ, is called by Eust.1631.36 Ἀττικώτερον, ὁποῖον καὶ τὸ φέρειν τι ὑ. κόλπου ἢ ὑ. μάλης (v. κόλπος, μάλη); but in [dialect] Att. Prose, Hdt., and the Koine ὑ. c. gen. in signfs. 1.1, 2 is almost limited to these and a few other phrases, esp. ὑ. γῆς; it is not found at all in Th., LXX, Ptolemaic papyri, and NT; X. has ὑ. ἁμάξης ( = from under) An.6.4.22,25; the Orators have only ὑ. μάλης, Lys.Fr.54, D.29.12; ὑ. γῆς is found in Pl.Ap. 18b, Mx. 246d, R. 414d, al., Arist.Mete. 352b6, al., Hipparch.2.2.45, Plb.18.18.10 ([etym.] ὑ. τῆς γῆς), 21.28.3,10.

b metaph., ἀρετῶσι δὲ λαοὶ ὑπ' αὐτοῦ under his rule, Od.19.114.

II of Cause or Agency, freq. with pass. Verbs, and with intr. Verbs in pass. sense, μή πως τάχ' ὑπ' αὐτοῦ δουρὶ δαμήῃς Il.3.436
, cf. 4.479; ἡνιόχοιο ἐν κονίῃσι πεσόντος ὑφ' Ἕκτορος 17.428
; εὖτ' ἂν πολλοὶ ὑφ' Ἕκτορος θνῂσκοντες πίπτωσι 1.242; τὸν.. τοκέα ὑ. τοῦ.. παιδὸς ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.1.137
; οἵαις ὑπ' αὐτοῦ πημοναῖσι κάμπτομαι A.Pr. 308
, cf. Th.7, al.; πέλεκυς.. ὅς τ' εἶσιν διὰ δουρὸς ὑπ' ἀνέρος Il.3.61
; ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν.. φοβέοντο.. ἀπὸ νηῶν 16.303
; πάσχειν δὲ κακῶς ἐχθρὸν ὑπ' ἐχθρῶν A.Pr. 1042
(anap.); ὑ. τοῦ Μήδου δεινότερα τούτων πάσχοντες Th.1.77
; ἐκπεσόντες ὑ. τοῦ πλήθους Id.4.66
; ἀναστάτων Καμαριναίων γενομένων ὑ. Συρακοσίων Id.6.5
; ὑφ' ὑμῶν αὐτῶν καὶ μὴ ὑ. τῶν πολεμίων τοῦτο παθεῖν Id.4.64
; κλύοντές ἐσμεν αἰσχίστους λόγους.. τοῦδ' ὑπ' ἀνδρὸς ἀρτίως we have been called shameful names by.., S.Aj. 1321; κακῶς ὑ. τῶν πολιτῶν ἀκούειν to be ill spoken of by.., Isoc.4.77, cf. Pl.Hp.Ma. 304e, X.An. 7.7.23; of a subordinate agent, ὑ. κήρυκος προαγορεύειν, ἀπειπεῖν κηρύκων ὕπο, Hdt.9.98, E.Alc. 737, cf. Th.6.32; ἐμῶν ὑπ' ἀγγέλων.. πορεύεται S.Tr. 391
; ὑ. ἀγγέλων πέμπων Pl.Phlb. 66a
: sts. with a verbal Subst., τὸ ὑ. νόμου ἐπίταγμα (i. e. ἐπιταττόμενον) Id.R. 359a; ἐκφορὰ φίλων ὕπο A.Th. 1029
; ἡ ὑπ' ἀρετῆς Ἡρακλέους παίδευσις X. Mem.2.1.34
; ἡ ὑ. πάντων τιμή Id.Cyr.3.3.2
; Ἥρας δεσμοὶ ὑ. ὑέος Pl. R. 378d
; so ἄτρωτον ἦν ὑ. στύγους ( = οὐ τετρωμένον) prob. in A.Ch. 532.

2 also in pregnant phrases, not only of the immediate act of the agent, but also of its further result, ὅθ' ὑ. λιγέων ἀνέμων σπέρχωσιν ἄελλαι hasten driven on by them, Il.13.334; ὑφ' Ἕκτορος.. φεύγοντες fleeing before him, 18.149, χάσσονται ὑπ' ἔγχεος 13.153
, cf. 7.64, 11.119, 424, Od.5.320, 7.263, al.; πράγματα εἶχον ὑ. λῃστῶν X.HG5.1.5
; ἔπαινον, αἰτίαν ἔχειν ὑ. τινῶν, Hdt.9.78, A.Eu.99; οὐκέτι ἀποχωρεῖν οἷόν τ' ἦν ὑ. τῶν ἱππέων Th.7.78
, cf. Ar.V. 1084.

3 freq. of things as well as persons, ὡς διάκειμαι ὑ. τῆς νόσου Th.7.77
; κεῖμαι νούσου ὕ. στυγερᾶς IG42(1).125.8
(Epid., iii B.C.); χαλεπῶς ἔχειν ὑ. τραυμάτων Pl.Tht. 142b
; ὑ. δόρατος πλαγείς IG42(1).122.64
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. ἔχιος φῦμα ib.123.4 (ibid., iv B.C.); ἰάθη ὑ. ὄφιος ib.121.113 (ibid., iv B.C.); κατεσκεύασαν τὰς πύλας κλείεσθαι ὑ. σφύρας τε μεγάλης καὶ κτύπου παμμεγέθους γιγνομένου Aen.Tact.20.4
: of the agency of feelings, passions, etc., ἀνόρουσ' ὑ. χάρματος h.Cer. 371
; ἐνδακρύειν, ἀνολολύξαι χαρᾶς ὕπο, A.Ag. 541, 587; μαίνεται.. ὑφ' ἡδονῆς S.El. 1153
; χλωρὸς ὑπαὶ δείους Il.10.376
; ὑ. δέους ἔρρηξε φωνήν Hdt.1.85
, cf. Th.6.33; οὐ δυνατὸν τὸν δῆμον ἐσόμενον ὑ. τῶν κακῶν καρτερεῖν Id.4.66
; ὑ. κακοῦ ἀγρυπνίῃσι εἴχετο Hdt.3.129
; ὑπ' ἄλγους A.Eu. 183
; ὑπ' ὀργῆς Ar.V. 1083
; ὑ. λύπης S.OT 1073
: hence ὑπό is used even with active Verbs, where a passive word may be supplied, e.g. ὑ. ἀρετῆς καὶ προθυμίης συνεπλήρουν τὰς νέας from courage, i. e. impelled by courage, Hdt.8.1; ὤρυσσον ὑ. μαστίγων Id.7.22
, cf. 56; οὐδὲ σέ γε δόλος ἔσχ' ὑ. χειρὸς ἐμᾶς by my agency, S.Ph. 1118 (lyr.); αἰ μήτις αὐτὸς δοίη, μὴ ὑπ' ἀνάγκας not under compulsion, GDI5128.5 ([place name] Vaxos).

4 ὑπό freq. serves to denote the attendant or accompanying circumstances, νέφος ἐρχόμενον κατὰ πόντον ὑ. Ζεφύροιο ἰωῆς Il.4.276
, cf. 16.591, etc.: sts. with part. added, ἀμφὶ δὲ νῆες σμερδαλέον κονάβησαν ἀϋσάντων ὑπ' Ἀχαιῶν at their shouting, i.e. when they shouted, 2.334, 16.277; ἴαχε σάλπιγξ ἄστυ περιπλομένων δηΐων ὕ. 18.220
.

5 of accompanying music, to give the time, κώμαζον ὑπ' αὐλοῦ Hes.Sc. 281
, cf. 278; ᾄδων ὑπ' αὐλητῆρος Archil.123
, cf. Thgn.825, Charon Fr.9; πίνειν ὑ. σάλπιγγος Ar.Ach. 1001
: generally, of anything attendant, δαΐδων ὕ. λαμπομενάων ἠγίνεον by torchlight, Il.18.492, cf. E.Hel. 639 (lyr.), Ion 1474 (lyr.); καταθάψομεν.. ὑ. κλαυθμῶν A.Ag. 1554
(anap.); ὑπ' εὐκλείας θανεῖν E.Hipp. 1299
; εἴσειμ' ὑπαὶ πτερύγων κιχλᾶν καὶ κοψίχων Ar.Ach. 970
; ὑπ' εὐφήμου βοῆς θῦσαι offer a sacrifice accompanied by it, S.El. 630; ὑ. φανοῦ πορεύεσθαι by lantern-light, X.Lac.5.7; ὑ. πομπῆς ἐξάγειν τινά in or with solemn procession, Hdt.2.45, cf. Ar.Th. 1030; ὑ. βίης βήξας coughing with violence, violently, Hdt.6.107; ἐτόξευον ὑ. μαστίγων, i.e. they shot and lashed, X.An.3.4.25: v. infr. B. 11.4, C. IV. 1.

6 ὑ. Ἑλλανοδικᾶν, = ἐπί c. gen., SIG171 (Olympia, iv B.C.).

7 Math., ἡ ὑ. ΘΔΗ the angle ΘΔΗ ( = ἡ ὑ. τῶν ΘΔ, ΔΗ περιεχομένη γωνία), Procl. Hyp.2.26; but also τὸ ὑ. τῶν ΑΓ, ΓΒ the rectangle contained by ΑΓ, ΓΒ, = ΑΓ χ ΓΒ, Euc.2.4.

8 ναῦλον ὄνων γ εἰς τὴν πόλιν ὑ. οἴνου laden with wine, Pap. in Hermes 28.163 (ii A.D.), cf. ib.479, and infr. C. IV. 2.

B WITH DATIVE (esp. in Poets, never in LXX (Jb.12.5 is dub. l.) or NT, not common in Arist., Ptolemaic papyri, or Plb.), of Position under, ὑ. ποσσί Il.2.784
, al.; ὑ. πλατανίστῳ ib. 307, cf. 18.558; ὑ. Τμώλῳ at its foot, 2.866, cf. Od.1.186; Βερύσιοι ὑ. τῇ Ἴδῃ IG12.191.11
, cf. 373.118, al.; ὑ. τῇ ἀκροπόλι Hdt.6.105
; τῶν θανόντων ὑπ' Ἰλίῳ under its walls, E.Hec. 764, cf. A.Ag. 860; πέτρῃ ὕ. γλαφυρῇ εὗδον, Βορέω ὑπ' ἰωγῇ Od.14.533
; ὑ. τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἔχειν τὰς πηγάς Arist.Mete. 350b27
; ὑ. πέτρᾳ παῖς IG42(1).122.19
(Epid., iv B.C.); ὑ. τῷ ναῷ ἀστραγαλίζοντος αὐτοῦ ib.121.25 (ibid., iv B.C.); ηυπὺ τῇ κλίνῃ τούτῃ ληνὸς (or Λῆνος) ηύπυ ib.14.871 (Cumae, v B.C.); στρουθοὶ ὑ. τῇ τραπέζῃ Michel 832.33
(Samos, iv B.C.); ὑ. τῇ μασχάλῃ Hp.Art.11
; χέλυν δ' ὑ. μασχάλῃ εἶχεν h.Merc. 242
; ὑ. ταῖς μασχάλαις Arist.PA 688b5
,14; ὁ ὑ. τῇ γῇ ἀήρ under the earth, Id.Cael. 295a28; ἐὰν ὑ. σοὶ κατακλινῇ lies next below you, Pl.Smp. 222e; ὑφ' ἅρμασι under, i.e. yoked to, the chariot, Il.8.402, 18.244; εἶχε μάχαιραν ὑφ' αὑτῷ παρεσκευασμένος Plb.8.20.6
codd., cf. POxy. 1800 Fr.2.36 (Vit.Aesop.); ὑ. τοῖς χιτωνίσκοις περιζώματα φοροῦσιν Plb.12.26a
.4, cf. 13.7.9; τά τε θηρία καὶ τὰς ὑπ' αὐτοῖς σχεδίας under them, on which they stood, Id.3.46.8; τῆς γῆς τῆς ὑ. τῷ κόσμῳ κειμένης Timae.
ap. eund.12.25.7; οἱ ὑ. τῇ ἄρκτῳ, τῇ μεσημβρία, οἰκοῦντες Adam.2.31
, cf. Arist.Pr. 940a37, Phgn. 806b16; ὑ. τῷ μετώπῳ ὀφρύες Id.HA 491b14
; ὑ. τῷ γενείῳ Plb.34.10.9
; τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ὕδασι καὶ ὑμέσι καὶ ὑέλοις Hero
*Deff.135.12; ὑ. τῷ δέρματι Gal. 18(2).102
.

2 with Verbs of motion, where rest or position follows, εἷσαν ὑ. φηγῷ set [him] down under it, Il.5.693; ἔζευξαν ὑφ' ἅρμασιν.. ἵππους Od.3.478
, cf. Il.24.782; ὑ. δ' ἄξοσι.. ἔπιπτον 16.378
, cf. X.Cyr.7.1.37; δέμνι' ὑπ' αἰθούσῃ θέμεναι Il.24.644
.

3 in such phrases as ὑ. χερσί τινος ἁλῶναι, δαμῆναι, 2.374, 860, al.; ἐμῇς ὑ. χερσὶ δάμασσον 3.352
; ὑ. δουρὶ δαμῆναι 5.653
, etc.; ἔκπεσον ἵππων Ἀτρεΐδεω ὑ. χερσί 11.180
; ὤλετο.. ὑ. γαμφηλῇσι λέοντος 16.489
; πέπληγμαι δ' ὑπαὶ δάκει φοινίῳ A.Ag. 1164
(lyr.); ἐν κονίῃσι πέσοιεν ὑπ' ἀνδράσι Il.6.453
; ὑ. τινὶ κτείνεσθαι 16.490
.

4 behind, ὑ. φάλαγγι Ascl.Tact.6.1
; under the cover or protection of, ὑ. τούτῳ τῷ φράγματι τοὺς ὑπορύσσοντας εἶναι Aen.Tact.37.9
; ὑ. ταῖς αὑτῶν ἀσφαλείαις Plb. 1.57.8
, 4.12.10, 16.6.1.

II of the person under whose hand, power, or influence, or the thing by or through which a thing is done, ὑπ' Ἀργείοισι φέβοντο fled before them, Il.11.121; freq. in Hom. with intr. or pass. Verbs, ἐφόβηθεν ὑφ' Ἕκτορι Il.15.637
; ὁρμηθέντες ὑ. πληγῇσιν ἱμάσθλης Od.13.82
; βῆ.. θεῶν ὑ. πομπῇ Il.6.171
; ὦρτο δὲ κῦμα πνοιῇ ὕπο 23.215
; ὑ. λαίλαπι βέβριθε χθών 16.384
; τεκεῖν, τεκέσθαι ὑ. τινί, 2.714, 728, 742; ἀτῆθαι ὑ. τῷ μεμφομένῳ GDI4994.8
([place name] Crete); ὁ χρησμὸς ὁ γεγονὼς ὑ. τοῖ Ἀπόλλωνι Inscr.Magn.38.5
, cf. 12,31,52.

2 expressing subjection or dependence, ὑ. τινί under one's power, δέδμητο δὲ λαὸς ὑπ' αὐτῷ Od.3.305
, cf. Il.9.156; ὑπ' ἀνδράσιν οἶκον ἔχουσιν Od. 7.68
; εἶναι ὑ. τισί to be subordinate, subject to them, Th.1.32; ὑ. Χείρωνι τεθραμμένος under the eye of.., Pl.R. 391c; ἔχειν ὑφ' ἑαυτῷ have under one, at one's command, X.Cyr.2.1.26; τὰ θηρία τὰ ὑ. τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Pl.R. 563c
; ὑ. τινὶ στρατεύσασθαι Plu.Cic.44
: in pregnant sense, ἵνα.. πάντα ὑ. Πέρσῃσι γένηται Hdt.7.11
, cf. Th.7.64; ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ ποιήσασθαι Hdt.7.157
; κινδυνεύσαιμ' ἂν ὑ. τῇ δυσχερεστάτῃ γενέσθαι τύχῃ Lys.24.6
; ὑ. τῷ Μακεδόνι ταττομένων Plb.18.11.4
; τοὺς τραφέντας ὑ. τούτοις Id.6.7.2
.

3 of the subordination of things coming under a class, αἱ ὑ. ταῖς τέχναις ἐργασίαι Pl.Smp. 205c
; τὸ ὑ. ταῖς γεωμετρίαις Id.R. 511b
; ὄργανα.. τὰ ὑ. τῇ μουσικῇ Id.Hp.Ma. 295d
.

4 as in A. 11.5, ὑπ' αὐλητῆρι πρόσθ' ἔκιον advanced to the music of the flute-player, Hes.Sc. 283; ὑπ' αὐλῷ, ὑ. κήρυκι καὶ θεολόγῳ, Luc.DDeor.2.2, Alex.19; ὑ. μάστιξι διορύττειν τὸν Ἄθω Plu.2.470e
: generally, of attendant circumstances, ἐξ ἁλὸς εἶσι.. πνοιῇ ὕπο Ζεφύροιο Od.4.402
; ὑ. ῥάβδοις καὶ πελέκεσι κατιών escorted by the lictors, Plu.Publ.10; ὑ. σκότῳ, νυκτί, A.Ag. 1030 (lyr.), A.R. 1.1022, etc.; λάμπει δ' ὑ. μαρμαρυγαῖς ὁ χρυσός B.3.17
; αἰθομένα δᾲς ὑ. ξανθαἵσι πεύκαις Pi.Fr.79
; ὑ. φωτὶ πολλῷ προσῄει Plu.Galb.14
; ὑ. λαμπάσιν ἡμμέναις Hld.10.41
; ὑ. πολλῷ στρατῷ escorted by a great host, Nic.Dam.10J.; ὑ. δικαιοσύνῃ διαγαγεῖν τὸν βίον Pl.Ep. 335d
.— ὑπό has no sense c. dat. which it has not also c. gen.; but all its senses c. gen. do not belong to the dat.:—later ὑπό c. dat. is found as a mere periphr. of the dat., στέφος.. αὐτὸς ὑφ' ἡμετέραις πλεξάμενος παλάμαις AP5.73
(Rufin.), cf. 85 (Claudian.); λέων ὑπ' ἄκοντι τετυμμένος A.R.2.26
, cf. Man.2.131.

C WITH ACCUSATIVE, of Place; to express motion towards and under an object, ὑ. σπέος ἤλασε μῆλα drove them under, i.e. into, the cave, Il.4.279; ὑ. ζυγὸν ἤγαγεν Od.3.383
; σεῦ ὕστερος εἶμ' ὑ. γαῖαν, i.e. shall die, Il.18.333; νέεσθαι ὑ. ζόφον 23.51
, cf. Od.3.335; κατακρύπτειν τινὰ ὑ. τὴν αὐτὴν θύρην under shelter of it, i.e. behind it, Hdt.1.12; πάϊς ὣς ὑ. μητέρα δύσκεν εἰς Αἴαντα Il.8.271
; ὅκως ἔωσι ὑ. τὸν πεζὸν στρατὸν τὸν σφέτερον Hdt.9.96
; ὑ. τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ὁπλιτῶν τὸν πρῶτον λόχον τῶν ψιλῶν τετάχθαι Ael.Tact.15.2
; of coming close up under a lofty citadel, ἤλθεθ' ὑ. Τροίην up to T., Od.4.146; ὅτ' ἔμελλεν ὑ. πτόλιν αἰπύ τε τεῖχος ἵξεσθαι Il.11.181
; παυρότερον λαὸν ἀγαγόνθ' ὑ. τεῖχος ἄρειον 4.407
; ὑ. τὰ τείχη φεύγειν Plb.1.74.11
; ὑ. τὰς ἴλας φεύγειν Id.3.65.7
, cf. 3.105.6, 11.21.5, al.; ὑ. ταὐτὸ στέγος εἰσελθεῖν GDI3536
B 3 ([place name] Cnidus); πᾶν ὃ ἐὰν ἔλθῃ.. ὑ. τὴν ῥάβδον LXXLe.27.32
, cf. De.4.11, al.; so ὑ. δικαστήριον ὑπαχθείς, ἀγαγόντες, Hdt.6.72, 104 (cf. ὑπάγειν ὑ. τοὺς ἐφόρους ib.82) prob. refers to the elevated seats of the judges in court, cf. ὑπάγω A ΙΙ.

2 of Position or Extension under an object, without sense of motion, Ἀρκαδίην ὑ. Κυλλήνης ὄρος Il.2.603
, cf. 824, etc.; ἰκριώσασι ὑ. τὴν ὀροφήν IG12.374.76
; ἐργασαμένοις τὸ ἄνθεμον ὑ. τὴν ἀσπίδα ib.371.9; τὰ μὲν ὑ. τὸν λόφον καὶ τὰμ φάραγγα Inscr.Prien.37.162
(ii B.C.); ἀνθέντω ὑ. τὸν ναὸν τᾶς Δάματρος IG5(1).1498.13
(loc. inc., ii B.C.); ὅσσοι ἔασιν ὑπ' ἠῶ τ' ἠέλιόν τε everywhere under the sun, Il.5.267; ὑπ' αὐγὰς ἠελίοιο φοιτῶσι Od.2.181
; τῶν ὑ. τοῦτον τὸν ἥλιον.. ἀνθρώπων D.18.270
; τὰ ὑ. τὴν ἄρκτον Hdt. 5.10
, cf. Arist.Mete. 362a17; οἴκησις ἡ λεγομένη ὑ. τὸν πόλον Gem.5.38
, cf. 16.21, al.; ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν LXXEx.17.14
, al., UPZ106.14 (i B.C.); τὸ ὑ. τὴν ἀκρόπολιν Th.2.17
; ὁ ὑ. γῆν λεγόμενος εἶναι θεός Hdt.7.114
, cf. Il.19.259; ὑ. γῆν is more freq. than ὑ. γῆς in Arist., Mete. 349b29, al., in Hipparch., 1.3.10, al., and entirely supersedes ὑ. γῆς in Hdt., 2.124, 125, 127, 148, 150, 3.102, 4.195, 7.114, and Gem., 2.19, al.; it is found also in Plb.21.28.11, etc.; ὑ. γῆν the nadir, opp. μεσουράνημα, PLond.1.98r.49, 110.33 (i/ii A.D.); also ἄγχε δέ μιν.. ἱμὰς ἁπαλὴν ὑ. δειρήν Il.3.371
; Τρῶες.. πτῶσσον ὑ. κρημνούς 21.26
; ἀγέροντο.. ἄλσος ὕ. σκιερόν Od.20.278
; τρωφεὶς ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν IG42(1).122.120
(Epid., iv B.C.); οὐλὴ ὑπ' ὀφθαλμὸν δεξιόν PCair.Zen76.13
(iii B.C.); ὑ. τὸ μέρος τοῦ ἐνοφειλομένου ὑπογραψάτω ὅσον ἰδίᾳ ἔχει PRev.Laws 19.2
(iii B.C.); κείμενος ὑ. τὸν ὀμφαλόν Sor.1.7
, cf. 67, al.; ὑ. τὰς πύλας ἵππων πόδες φαίνονται Th.5.10
; μὴ ὑποτιθέναι κύλικα ὑ. τὴν κλίνην IG12(5).593
A21 (Ceos, v B. C.); ὑ. τὸν ὀδόν ib.42(1).102.249 (Epid., iv B.C.); καταψύξατε ὑ. τὸ δένδρον LXX Ge.18.4
; ὑ. τὸν λέβητα ib.Ec.7.7(6); ὑ. τοὺς πόδας ib.La.3.34; εἰς τοὺς ὑ. πόδα χωρεῖ τόπους Dsc.5.75
(v. πούς 1.6
g); ἡ ὑ. πόδα (sc. γραμμή ) the base of a triangle, Hero *Mens.55; also ὑπ' αὐγὰς.. λεύσσουσαι πέπλους holding them up to the light, E.Hec. 1154; also ὑ. τὸν ὀφθαλμόν close to the eye, Arist. Pr. 874a9; ὑποκειμένης τῆς Εὐβοίας ὑ. τὴν Ἀττικήν Isoc.4.108
; ὑπ' αὐτὴν ἐσχάτην στήλην ἔχων ἔχριμπτ' ἀεὶ σύριγγα S.El. 720
; εἰ θεωρήσειεν ὑπ' αὐγὰς τὸν ἀνθρώπειον βίον Iamb.Protr.8
(cf. αὐγή 1
): of subordinate position. κατακλίνεσθαι ὑ. τινά Luc.Symp.9
; τίς ὑ. τίνα; who is next to whom, Onos.10.2.

b Math., ὁ κύβος ὁ ὑ. τὴν.. σφαῖραν inscribed in the sphere, Papp.440.5; εἶναι ὑ. τὸ αὐτὸ ὕψος Euc.11.29
, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.19; ὑ. τὰν αὐτὰν γωνίαν subtending.., Id.Aren. 1.20 (cj.), cf. 21; αἱ γωνίαι ὑφ' ἃς αἱ ὁμόλογοι πλευραὶ ὑποτείνουσι Euc.6.6
,al.

3 of the logical subordination of things under a class, τῶν ἑτερογενῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπ' ἄλληλα τεταγμένων Arist.Cat. 1b16
, etc.; οἱ ὑ. τὸ ψεῦδος τεταγμένοι in the category of.., Luc.Ind.20.

II of subjection, control, dependence, never in Hom., once in Hdt., ὑ. βασιλέα δασμοφόρος 7.108
; ὑ. σφᾶς ποιεῖσθαι Th.4.60
, cf. Pl.R. 348d, Arist. HA 488a10, etc.; ἕως κα ᾖ ὑ. τὸν πατέρα Test.Epict.3.29
; ὑ. τιν' ἦν τῶν βασιλέων Men.340
; τί δ' οὐ κρατέοντος ὑπ' ἰσχύν; Call.Jov.75
, cf. 74; ὑ. Δία Γῆν Ἥλιον Sammelb. 5616
(i A.D.), POxy.722.6 (i/ii A.D.), etc. (v. ἥλιος 11.1
); ὑ. θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρωπον Michel854.52
(Halic., iii B.C.); τοῦ τοπαρχοῦντος ὑ. σέ PCair.Zen.322.3
(iii B.C.); στρατενσάμενον ὑ. ἄρχοντα Ἀντίοχον IG12(1).43.7
([place name] Rhodes); μηδὲ ὑ. δεσπότην ὤν LXXPr. 6.7
, cf. Ps.143.2; for ὑ. χεῖρα, v. χείρ; οἱ ὑ. τινά X.Cyr.3.3.6,8.8.5, etc.; τοῖς ὑφ' αὑτὸν τεταγμένοις GDI3750.75
([place name] Rhodes).

III of Time, in the course of, during, or to be left untranslated in English, ἐκέλευε Τοωσὶ ποτὶ πτόλιν ἡγήσασθαι νύχθ' ὕ. τήνδ' ὀλοήν Il.22.102
; ὑ. τὴν νύκτα ταύτην Hdt.9.51
, cf. 58; ὑ. τὴν πρώτην ἐπελθοῦσαν νύκτα ἀπέδρη Id 6.2; τῆς κολοκύνθης.. ἣ ἐγενήθη ὑ. νύκτα καὶ ὑ. νύκτα ἀπώλετο LXXJn.4.10
: rarely with stress on the duration, πάνθ' ὑ. μηνιθμόν throughout its continuance, Il.16.202; ὑ. τὸν παρεόντα τόνδε πόλεμον Hdt.9.60
; οὐδὲν τῶν κατ' Αἴγυπτον ὑ. ταῦτα ἑτεροιωθῆναι during that time, Id.2.142; ὑ. τὸν χρόνον ὃν οἱ ἑξήκοντα καὶ τριηκόσιοι ἦρχον οἵδε ἐθεόρεον IG12(8).276.4
([place name] Thasos).

2 also of Time, about, sts. more precisely at, and of events, about or at the time of, ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν χρόνον ὅτε .. Ar.Ach. 139, cf. Hdt.7.165; ὑπ' αὐτὸν τὸν καιρόν Plb. 11.27.4
, 16.15.8; ὑφ' ἕνα καιρόν at one time, Diog.Oen.38; ὑ. τὸν αὐτὸν χρόνον Th.2.26
; ὑ. τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους Id.1.100
; ὑ. τὸν σεισμόν Id.2.27
, cf. Plb.4.33.5, Plu.Alex.14; ὑ. τὴν ἑωθινήν, ὑ. τὴν ὄρφνην, Plb. 18.19.5,7; ὑ. τὸν ὄρθρον Act.Ap.5.21
, Gp.2.4.3; ποιεῖσθαι τοὺς περιπάτους ὑ. τὸ ψῦχος in the cool of the morning, Plb.5.56.10; ὑφ' ἓν πάντες all at once, at the same time, Arr.Epict.3.22.33, cf. S.E.M. 10.124, Sor.1.103, al.; παιδάριον ὑ. τὴν ἀναπνοὴν ἑπτὰ καὶ πέντε στίχους συνεῖρον in one breath, Plb.10.47.9; ὑφ' ἓν ἐκτρῖψαι at one blow, LXX Wi.12.9; ὑ. μίαν ἄρσιν καὶ θέσιν ἀνατείνοντες καὶ κατατιθέμενοι, of a squad of diggers, Gp.2.45.5; ὑ. μίαν φωνήν Aristeas 178; πῶς γὰρ ἂν ὑ. τὰς αὐτὰς ἡμέρας ἔν τε τῇ Ἰταλίᾳ καὶ ἐν τῇ Κιλικίᾳ.. πολεμήσειε; at the same time, D.C.36.35; sts. c. part., ὑ. τὸν νηὸν κατακαέντα at the time of its burning, Hdt.1.51; ὑ. τὴν κατάλυσιν τοῦ πολέμου just at the end, X.Mem.2.8.1, cf. Plu.Mar.46; ὑ. τὸν θυμὸν ἐκ χειρὸς ἐπιστρατευσαμένων at the very time of their anger, Plb. 2.19.10; ὑ. παροξυσμόν Gal.19.215
; παραδόντω τοῖς αἱρεθεῖσι εἰς τὸν ὑπ' αὐτὰ (or ὕπαυτα as Adv. = ἑξῆς) ἐνιαυτόν IG9(1).694.60
(Corc., ii/i B.C.); ὑ. κύνα Arist.HA 547a14
, Thphr.CP1.13.3, D.S.19.109; ὑ. τὰς θερινὰς [τροπὰς] καὶ τοῦ κυνὸς τὴν ἐπιτολήν Gp.2.6.17
.

IV of accompaniment, ὑπὸ ὄρχησίν τε καὶ ᾠδήν Pl.Lg. 670a
; ὑ. αὐλὸν διαλέγεσθαι X.Smp.6.3
codd. (ὑ. τοῦ αὐλοῦ Cobet); ὑ. κήρυκα (v. κῆρυξ 1.3
).—Compare A.11.5, B.11.4.

2 ὄνον ἕνα ὑ. λαχανόσπερμον laden with.., Meyer Ostr.81.2 (i A. D.), cf. PFay.p.324 (i A.D.); ὄνοι ὑ. δένδρα BGU 362i6
, al. (iii A.D.); cf. supr. A.11.8.

D POSITION: ὑ. can follow its Subst., becoming by anastrophe ὕπο. It is freq. separated from the Subst. by intervening words, as in Il.2.465, Od.5.320, 7.130:— ὑπαί is placed after its case in A. Eu. 417, S.El. 1418, Inach. l.c., although acc. to Hdn.Gr.1.480 it cannot suffer anastrophe.

E AS ADV., under, below, beneath, freq. in Hom.; esp. of young animals, under the mother, i.e. at the breast, Od.4.636, 21.23.

2 behind, Hdt.7.61: cf. C. 1.

II ὑπ' ἐκ or ὑπέκ, v. ὑπέκ.—In Hom. the separation of the Prep. from its Verb by tmesis is very freq., and sts. it follows, in which case it suffers anastrophe, φυγὼν ὕπο νηλεὲς ἦμαρ Od.9.17
.

F IN COMPOSITION:

I under, as well of rest as of motion, as in ὕπειμι, ὑποβαίνω, etc.

2 of the casing or covering of one thing with another, as ὑπάργυρος, ὑπόχρυσος.

3 of the agency or influence under which a thing is done, to express subjection or subordination, ὑποδαμνάω, ὑποδμώς, ὑφηνίοχος, cf. ἐπί G. 111.

II denoting what is in small degree or gradual, somewhat, a little, as in ὑποκινέω, ὑποδεής, ὑπόλευκος (so in tmesi, ὑ. τι ἀσεβῆ Pl.Phdr. 242d
, cf. Grg. 493c; ὑ. τι μικρὸν ἐπιθήκισα Ar.V. 1290
(lyr.)).

III underhand, secretly, as in ὑποθέω, ὑποθωπεύω, ὑποκορίζομαι, ὑπόρνυμι.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπό
80 λαμβάνω

λαμβάνω, [tense] fut. λήψομαι ( λήψω only late, v.l. in LXX 1 Ma.4.18); [dialect] Ion.

A λάψομαι GDI5497.3
, al. (Milet., iv/iii B. C.), 5597.11 (Ephesus, iii B. C.), corrupted to λάμψομαι in Mss. of Hdt.1.199; [dialect] Dor.[tense] fut.[ per.] 2sg. λαψῇ Epich.34.2
, Theoc.1.4,10, inf. λαμψεῖσθαι PSI9.1091.19
; Hellenistic λήμψομαι PPar.14.47
(ii B. C.), CIG4224c (add.) ([place name] Telmessus), 4244 ([place name] Tlos), al.: [tense] aor. 2 ἔλᾰβον, [dialect] Ep. ἔλλᾰβον Il.24.170
, etc.; [dialect] Ion. Iterat. λάβεσκον Hes.Fr. 112
, Hdt.4.78, 130; imper. λαβέ Il.1.407
, etc.; written λάβε in [voice] Med. Ms. of A.Eu. 130, but λαβέ [dialect] Att.acc. to Hdn. Gr.1.431: [tense] pf. εἴληφα S.OT 643
, Ar.Ra. 591 (lyr.), etc. (dub.in Archil. 143); [dialect] Ion., [dialect] Dor., Arc. λελάβηκα Hdt.4.79
, IG42(1).121.68 (Epid., iv B. C.), 5(2).6.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), also Eup.426; inf. λελαβήκειν IG 42(1).121.59
(Epid.), PSI9.1091.7: [tense] plpf. εἰλήφειν Th.2.88
, [dialect] Ion.[ per.] 3sg. λελαβήκεε v.l. in Hdt.3.42 ( κατα-); [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf. subj. [ per.] 3sg. ([etym.] παρ-) λελόνβῃ GDI5087b1
([place name] Crete):—[voice] Med., [tense] aor. 2 ἐλαβόμην, [dialect] Ep. ἐλλ-, Od. 5.325, etc.; [dialect] Ep. redupl. λελαβέσθαι 4.388
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ληφθήσομαι S.Ph.68
, Th.6.91, κατα-λελήψομαι Aristid.Or.54p.677D.
: [tense] aor. ἐλήφθην Ar.Eq. 101
, etc.; [dialect] Ion. ἐλάφθην SIG58.8
(Milet., v B. C.), ( κατ-) GDI5532.7 ([place name] Zeleia), ἐλάμφθην Hdt.2.89
, 6.92, 7.239 (- λάφθ- by erasure in cod. B); Hellenistic ἐλήμφθην IG14.1320
, Ev.Marc. 16.19 (ἀν-); [dialect] Dor. ἐλάφθην Archim.Aren.1.13
: [tense] pf. εἴλημμαι D.24.49
, Ar.Pl. 455; but in Trag.usu. λέλημμαι, A.Ag. 876, E. Ion 1113, IA 363 (troch.), Cyc. 433, cf. Ar.Ec. 1090 ( δια-); so later προ-λέληπτε (sic) Supp.Epigr.2.769 ([place name] Dura); [dialect] Ion. λέλαμμαι ( ἀπο-) Hdt.9.51, ( δια-) 3.117; inf. ἀνα-λελάφθαι Hp.Off.11
(acc. to many codd., Hsch.and Erot., - λελάμφθαι vulg.); [dialect] Ion.[ per.] 3pl. λελήφαται An.Ox.1.268
; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf.imper. λελάφθω Archim. Con.Sph.3
, al.:—in the [tense] fut., [tense] aor. [voice] Pass., and [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. the a is short by nature in [dialect] Ion., prob. long in [dialect] Dor. and in Doricized Hellenistic forms such as λαμψοῦνται Test.Epict.5.14
, λάμψεσθαι IG5(1).1390.67
(Andania, i B. C.); it is marked long in [dialect] Aeol. λᾱμψεται Alc.Supp.5.9
:—of these tenses Hom. uses only [tense] aor. [voice] Act., and [tense] aor.[voice] Med. twice (v. supr.); the Homeric [tense] pres. is λάζομαι. —The word has two main senses, one (more active) take; the other (more passive) receive:

I take,

1 take hold of, grasp, seize, μάστιγα καὶ ἡνία Od.6.81
: freq. with χειρί or χερσί added, χειρὶ χεῖρα λαβόντες Il.21.286
; χερμάδιον λάβε χειρί 5.302
; χείρεσσι λαβὼν περιμήκεα κοντόν Od.9.487
; ἐν χείρεσσι λάβ' ἡνία Il.8.116
; ἐν χεροῖν λ. S.OT 913
; διὰ χερῶν λαβών Id.Ant. 916
; ἐς χέρας E.Hec. 1242
; ἐν ἀγκάλαις A.Supp. 481
, etc.; of an eagle, λ. ἄγραν ποσίν Pi.N.3.81
: c.acc. of the thing seized, λ. γούνατα Il.24.465
; but also c. acc. of whole, gen. of part seized, τὴν πτέρυγος λάβεν caught her by the wing, 2.316; τὸν δὲ πεσόντα ποδῶν ἔλαβε 4.463
; γούνων λαβὼν κούρην Od. 6.142
; λ. τινὰ τῆς ζώνης X.An.1.6.10
, etc.: sts. c. gen. only, ἀγκὰς ἀλλήλων λαβέτην χερσί they took hold of one another with their arms, Il.23.711:—freq. in [voice] Med., v. infr. B.

b take by violence, carry off as prize or booty, Il.5.273, 8.191, Hdt.4.130, S.Ph.68 ([voice] Pass.), 1431, etc.; capture a city, Plb.1.24.11, 3.61.8; ἐκ πόλιος.. ἀλόχους καὶ κτήματα Od.9.41
; of lions, λαβὼν κρατεροῖσιν ὀδοῦσιν Il.11.114
; ἵνα δαῖτα λάβῃσιν 24.43
; of an eagle, 17.678; of a dolphin, 21.24.

c λ. δίκην take, exact punishment, Lys.1.29,34, Isoc.4.181; ποινάς E.Tr. 360
, etc. (rarely for δοῦναι δίκην, v.infr.11.1 e); λ. τιμωρίαν D.18.280
.

2 of passions, feelings, etc., seize, μένος ἔλλαβε θυμόν Il.23.468
; Ἀτρεΐωνα.. χόλος λάβεν 1.387
; ὁππότε κέν μιν γυῖα λάβῃ κάματος 4.230
; τὸν δὲ τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα 24.170
, al.; δὴν δέ μιν ἀμφασίη ἐπέων λάβε Od.4.704
; τοὺς Ἀθηναίους θάρσος ἔλαβε Th.2.92
; ἄχος X.Cyr. 5.5.6
; δέος Pl.Lg. 699c
; ἐπειδὴ καιρὸς ἐλάμβανε when the occasion came to them, i.e. occurred, Th.2.34, D.C.44.19; of fevers and sudden illnesses, attack, Hp.Morb.1.19, Th.2.49, Ar.Ec. 417, etc. (cf. λάζομαι, λῆψις):—[voice] Pass., λαμβάνεσθαι νόσῳ, ὑπὸ [νόσου], S.Tr. 446, Hdt.1.138; ἔρωτι X.Cyr.6.1.31
, etc. (reversely of the person, λ. θυμόν, etc., v. infr.11.3).

b of a deity, seize, possess, τινα Hdt.4.79:—[voice] Pass., τῇ Ῥέᾳ λαμβάνονται Luc.Nigr.37
.

c of darkness, etc., occupy, possess, εὖτ' ἂν κνέφας τεμενος αἰθέρος λάβῃ A.Pers. 365
.

3 catch, overtake, as an enemy, Il.5.159, 11.106, 126, etc.; λ. τινὰ στείχοντα θύραζε Od.9.418
; ζῶντες ἐλάμφθησαν Hdt.9.119
; simply, find, come upon, S.OT 1031, E. Ion 1339.

4 catch, find out, detect, Hdt.2.89 ([voice] Pass.); ποίῳ λαβών σε Ζεὺς ἐπ' αἰτιάματι; A.Pr. 196; τὸν αὐτόχειρα τοῦ φόνου λ. S.OT 266
: freq. c. part., κἂν λάβῃς ἐψευσμένον ib. 461; κλέπτοντα Κλέωνα λάβοιμι Ar.V. 759
; λ. τινὰ ψευδόμενον Pl.R. 389d
; τοῦτον ὑβρίζοντα λαβόντες D.21.97
: with Adj., ὅπως μὴ λήψομαί σε προπετῆ Men.Epit. 570
:—[voice] Pass., δρῶσ' ἐλήφθης S.Tr. 808
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ δεινὰ δρῶντ' εἰλημμένω Ar.Pl. 455
; ληφθεῖσαν ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ μηχανωμένην τι Antipho 1.3
; ἐλήφθη μοιχός Lys.13.66
: in good sense, οὐκ ἂν λάβοις μου μᾶλλον οὐδέν' εὐσεβῆ S.Ph. 1051
.

5 λ. τινὰ πίστι καὶ ὁρκίοισι bind him by.., Hdt.3.74; ἀραῖον λαβεῖν τινα S.OT 276
codd.

6 c. dupl. acc., take as, λαβὼν πρόβλημα σαυτοῦ παῖδα τόνδ' Id.Ph. 1007; ξυμπαραστάτην λ. τινά ib. 675; τοὺς Ἕλληνας λ. συναγωνιζομένους Isoc.5.86
.

7 τὴν Ἴδην λαβὼν ἐς ἀριστερὴν χεῖρα taking, keeping Ida to your left (nisi leg. λαβών, ἐς ..) Hdt.7.42; ἐν δεξιᾷ λ. τὴν Σικελίαν Th.7.1
; λ. τὸ στρατόπεδον κατὰ νώτου take in rear, i.e. be behind, Hdt.1.75; cf. ἀπείργω 11.2
, ἔχω (A) A.1.7.

8 λ. Ἑλληνίδα ἐσθῆτα assume it, Id.4.78, cf. 2.37; λ. ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
.

b take food or drugs, Diocl.Frr. 121 ([voice] Pass.), 140, Sor.1.125, Gal.15.469.

9 apprehend by the senses, ὄμμασιν θέαν S. Ph. 537
, cf. 656; πρόσφθεγμά τινος ib. 234; ὁρᾶται, ἢ ἄλλῃ τινὶ αἰσθήσει λαμβάνεται Pl.R. 524d
.

b apprehend with the mind, understand, φρενὶ λ. τὸν λόγον Hdt.9.10
; νόῳ Id.3.41
; τῇ διανοίᾳ Pl. Prm. 143a
; λ. ἐν ταῖς γνώμαις βεβαίως X.Cyr.3.3.51
; ἐν νῷ Plb.2.35.6
: abs., λ. τὴν ἀλήθειαν Antipho 1.6
; μνήμην παρὰ τῆς φήμης λ. Lys.2.3
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 246d, etc.

c with Adv. added, take, i.e. understand in a certain manner, ταύτῃ ταῦτα ἐλάμβανον Hdt.7.142
; λάβετε [τοὺς λόγους] μὴ πολεμίως Th.4.17
; τὸ πρᾶγμα μειζόνως ἐλάμβανον took it more seriously, Id.6.27, cf. 61; ὀρθῶς λ. τὸν φιλοκερδῆ Pl.Hipparch. 227c
; λ. τι οὕτω, ὧδε, Arist.SE 174b27, Rh.Al. 1423a4; ὀργῇ καὶ φόβῳ τὸ γεγονὸς λ. Plu.Alc.18
: with παρά c.acc., λαμβάνω σε παρὰ βουκόλον .. PMag.Par.1.2434:—[voice] Pass., τρίτου καθεστῶσαι ἐπὶ πρώτου λαμβάνονται are used for the first person, A.D.Pron.78.22; with ἐς, εἰ ἐς κόρην λαμβάνοιτο be taken for a girl, Philostr.Im.2.32: less freq. c. dupl. acc., ὡς μεθυστικὰς λ. [τὰς ἁρμονίας] Arist.Pol. 1342b25, cf. S.E.P.1.179; τῆς νίκης ἆθλον τὴν ὑπεροχὴν τῆς πολιτείας λ. Arist.Pol. 1296a31
; τοῦτο λ. γιγνόμενον Id.Mete. 346a7
; also λ. περί τινος τί ἐστι Id.EN 1142a32
, cf. 1140a24, al.: also c. inf., λ. τι εἶναί τι Id.Mete. 389a29
, al.: with a relat. clause, οὕτω δεῖ λαμβάνειν, ἀλλ' οὐχ ὅτι .. Id.Metaph. 1053a27, cf. Str.2.5.1; εἰλήφθω ὁ ἄδικος ποσαχῶς λέγεται Arist.EN 1129a31
: in bad sense, πρὸς δέους λ. τι Plu.Flam.7
; πρὸς ἀτιμίας Id.Cic.13
; λ. δι' οἴκτου E. Supp. 194
; but also ἐν χάριτι καὶ δωρεᾷ λ. receive as a favour, Plb.1.31.6.

d in Logic, assume, take for granted, ἅπαν ζῷον λαμβάνει ἢ θνητὸν ἢ ἀθάνατον Arist.APr. 46b6
; λ. τὰς περὶ ἕκαστον ἀρχάς ib. 53a2, etc.:—[voice] Pass., τὰ ἐξ ἀρχῆς ληφθέντα ib. 26b30; αἱ εἰλημμέναι προτάσεις ib. 33a15, cf. Phld.Rh.2.46 S., Sign.35, Oec.p.5 J., S.E.P.2.89.

e take, i.e. determine, estimate, τὴν ξυμμέτρησιν τῶν κλιμάκων Th.3.20
; ἐντεῦθεν τὸ μέγεθος τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων Lycurg.66
; τὴν τιμωρίαν ποθεινοτέραν λ. Th.2.42
.

10 take in hand, undertake (cf. ληπτέον) , λ. τι ἐπὶ τὸ σωφρονέστερον, opp. συνταχύνειν, Hdt.3.71; μηδένα πόνον λαβόντες without taking any trouble, Id.7.24; παλαισμάτων λ. φροντίδα Pi.N.10.22
.

11 take in, hold, τὸ στρατόπεδον πεζοὺς λ. περὶ τετρακισχιλίους Plb.3.107.10.

12 part. λαβών freq. seems pleonastic, but adds dramatic effect, λαβὼν κύσε χεῖρα took and kissed, Od.24.398, cf. Il.21.36: so in Trag. and Com., τί μ' οὐ λαβὼν ἔκτεινας; S.OT 1391, cf. 641; τῆ νῦν τόδε πῖθι λαβών Cratin.141
, etc.

b ingressive of ἔχων ( ἔχω (A) A.1.6), ἑτάρους τε λ. καὶ νῆα.. ἦλθον Od. 15.269
, cf. S.Tr. 259.

II receive,

1 have given one, get, receive, prop. of things (AB 106), ἄποινα Il.6.427
; τὰ πρῶτα 23.275
; ἀντίποινα S.El. 592
, v. infr.e; παρὰ βασιλέος δῶρα Hdt.8.10
, cf. Ar. Eq. 439; πρός τινος S.El.12
, etc.; ἀπὸ τῶν συκοφαντῶν X.Mem.2.9.4
; gain, win, κλέος Od.1.298
, S.Ph. 1347, etc.; ἀρετάν Pi.O.8.6
; κόσμον Id.N.3.31
codd. (v.l. ἔλαχες Sch.); ἀλκήν S.OT 218
, etc.; πρὸς τὸ μνηστεύεσθαι λ. ἡλικίαν attain.., Isoc.10.39; λ. νόστον E.IT 1016
, etc.; λ. τὴν ἀρχὴν τῆς θαλάττης Isoc.5.61
; μοναρχίαν S.Ant. 1163
; τέρψιν Id.Tr. 820
; χάριν Id.OT 1004
; κέρδος Ar.Ach. 906
: also in bad sense, λ. ὀνείδη S.OT 1494
; συμφοράν E.Med.43
; θάνατον Id.Hel. 201
(lyr.); γέλωτα μωρίαν τε incur.., Id. Ion 600; αἰτίαν ἀπό τινος Th.2.18
, etc.:—for λ. θυμόν, etc., v. supr.1.2 et infr. 3.

b receive hospitably, Od.7.255, cf. S.OC 284 ([etym.] ἔλαβες τὸν ἱκέτην ἐχέγγυον) which approaches this sense; καλῶς λ. τινά treat well, BGU843.10 (i/ii A. D.).

c receive in marriage, Hdt.1.199, 9.108, E.Fr.953.27, X. HG4.1.14, Isoc.10.39, PEleph.1.2 (iv B. C.), Men.Pk. 436; τοῖς λαμβάνουσιν ἐξ αὐτῶν, i.e. those who married their daughters, SIG1044.14 (Halic., iv/iii B. C.); also of the father taking a daughter-in-law, τῷ υἱῷ λ. τινά Men.Pk. 447
.

d λ. ὄνομα, ἐπωνυμίαν, receive a name, Pl. Plt. 305d, Smp. 173d.

e λ. δίκην receive, i.e. suffer, punishment, Hdt.1.115; τὴν ἀξίην λ. get one's deserts, Id.7.39; δίκην γὰρ ἀξίαν ἐλάμβανεν E.Ba. 1312
; λ. ζημίας D.11.11
.

f λ. ὅρκον receive an oath, Arist. Rh. 1377a8; λ. πιστά X.An.3.2.5
, al.; λ. λόγον demand an account, τινος for a thing, παρά τινος from a person, Id.Cyr.1.4.3, D.8.47.

g λ. ἐν γαστρί conceive, Hp.Prorrh.2.24; κῦμα λ., of the earth, A.Ch. 128.

h receive as produce, profit, etc., οἶνον ἐκ τοῦ χωρίου Ar.Nu. 1123
; [χρήματα] ἐκ τῆς ἀρχῆς Pl.R. 347b
; λ. ἑκατὸν τῆς δραχμῆς, ὀβολοῦ, purchase for.., Ar. Pax 1263, Ra. 1235, cf. Nu. 1395; πόθεν ἄν τις τοῦτο τὸ χρῖμα λάβοι; X.Smp.2.4.

i λ. πεῖράν τινος, v. πεῖρα.

2 admit of, ὁ μέγας κίνδυνος ἄναλκιν οὐ φῶτα λαμβάνει Pi.O.1.81
.

b admit, initiate, τοὺς ἐς τὰ τῆς τέχνης εἰλημμένους Hp.Decent.17
.

3 of persons conceiving feelings and the like , λ. θυμόν take heart, Od. 10.461: freq. in periphrasis, λ. φόβον, = φοβεῖσθαι, S.OC 729; αἰδῶ λ., = αἰδεῖσθαι, Id.Aj. 345; λ. ὀργήν, = ὀργίζεσθαι, E.Supp. 1050: so generally λ. ἀρχήν, = ἄρχεσθαι, Id.IA 1124; λ. ὕψος, ἐπίδοσιν, αὔξησιν, = ὑψοῦσθαι, ἐπιδιδόναι, αὐξάνεσθαι, Th.1.91, Isoc.4.10, Arist.GA 732b5, etc.; λ. κακόν τι Ar.Nu. 1310
; λ. νόσον take a disease, Pl.R. 610d; λ. μορφήν, τέλος, etc., Arist.GA 762a13, 744a21, etc.; αἱ οἰκίαι ἐπάλξεις λαμβάνουσαι receiving battlements, having battlements added, Th.4.69, cf. 115.

4 c. inf., receive permission to.., SIG996.6 (Smyrna, i A. D.).

B [voice] Med., take hold of, lay hold on, c. gen., [ σχεδίης] Od.5.325; τῆς κεφαλῆς, τῶν γουνάτων, Hdt.4.64, 9.76; χειρός E.Med. 899
, etc.; τοῦ βωμοῦ And.1.126
, etc.: c. dupl.gen., μου λαβόμενος τῆς χειρός Pl. Chrm. 153b
.

2 seize and keep hold of, obtain possession of, ἀρχῆς S.OC 373
; καιροῦ λαβόμενος seizing the opportunity, Is.2.28; λ. ἀληθείας Pl.Plt. 309d
: rarely c. acc., τόν.. λελαβέσθαι Od.4.388
.

3 lay hands upon, χαλεπῶς λαμβάνεσθαί τινος lay rough hands on him, deal hardly with him, Hdt.2.121. δ.

4 of place, λ. τῶν ὀρῶν take to the mountains, Th.3.24, cf. 106; Δήλου λαβόμεναι (sc. αἱ νῆες) reaching Delos, Id.8.80.

5 find fault with, censure, τινος Pl.Lg. 637c, Philostr.VA4.22.

6 λαβέσθαι ἑαυτοῦ check oneself, Hld.2.24.

Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > λαμβάνω

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

The Name Game — The Name Game, or The Banana Song , is a children s singalong rhyming game that creates variations on a person s name. It was written by singer Shirley Ellis with Lincoln Chase, and Ellis recording, produced by Charles Calello, was released in… … Wikipedia
The Name of the Rose — For the 1986 film of the same story, see The Name of the Rose (film). For the unrelated 2003 short film, see Name of the Rose (2003 film). The Name of the Rose … Wikipedia
Etymology of the name of Julius Caesar — The name Caesar probably originated from a dialect of Latium which did not share the rhotacism of the Roman dialect. [L.R. Palmer, The Latin language (Bristol 1954), p. 69.] (That is, the s between vowels did not change to r .) Using the Latin… … Wikipedia
Stop! In the Name of Love — Infobox Single Name = Stop! In the Name of Love Artist = The Supremes from Album = More Hits by the Supremes B side = I m In Love Again Released = February 8 1965 (U.S.) Format = Vinyl record (7 45 RPM) Recorded = Hitsville USA (Studio A);… … Wikipedia
The Beatles' influence on popular culture — The Beatles influence on rock music and popular culture was and remains immense. Their commercial success started an almost immediate wave of changes including a shift from US global dominance of rock and roll to UK acts, from soloists to groups … Wikipedia
The Master and Margarita — … Wikipedia
Name That Tune — Format Game show Created by Harry Salter Presented by Red Bens … Wikipedia
The Pied Piper of Hamelin — is a legend about the abduction of many children from the town of Hamelin ( Hameln ), Germany. Famous versions of the legend are given by the Brothers Grimm and, in English, by Robert Browning.PlotIn 1284, while the town of Hamelin was suffering… … Wikipedia
The Count of Monte Cristo — … Wikipedia
The Cantos — by Ezra Pound is a long, incomplete poem in 120 sections, each of which is a canto . Most of it was written between 1915 and 1962, although much of the early work was abandoned and the early cantos, as finally published, date from 1922 onwards.… … Wikipedia
The Six Million Dollar Man — Opening credits Genre Science fiction Created by Martin Caidin (novel) … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

later+the+name+of

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: с греческого на английский

later+the+name+of

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: